AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Andhra Pradesh BIEAP AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material 4th Lesson Motion in a Plane Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material 4th Lesson Motion in a Plane

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
The vertical component of a vector is equal to its horizontal component. What is the angle made by the vector with x-axis?
Answer:
The horizontal component is equal to the vertical component of a vector.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 1
F cos θ = F sin θ.
Tan θ = 1 .
θ = tan-1(1) = 45°.

Question 2.
A vector V makes an angle 0 with the horizontal. The vector is rotated through an angle 0. Does this rotation change the vector V ?
Answer:
Yes, it changes the vector.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 3.
Two forces of magnitudes 3 units and 5 units act at 60° with each other. What is the magnitude of their resultant ? [A.P. Mar. 15]
Answer:
Let P = 3 units, Q = 5 units, θ = 60°
Resultant (R) = \(\sqrt{p^2+Q^2+2 P Q \cos \theta}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^2+5^2+2 \times 3 \times 5 \times \cos 60^{\circ}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9+25+30 \times \frac{1}{2}}=\sqrt{49}\) = 7 units

Question 4.
A = \(\vec{i}+\vec{j}\). What is the angle between the vector and X-axis ? [T.S., A.P. Mar. 17; Mar. 14, 13]
Answer:
A = \(\vec{i}+\vec{j}\)
cos α = \(\frac{A x}{|A|}\) (∵ Ax = 1)
= \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{1^2+1^2}}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\)
α = cos-1 \(\left(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\right)\) = 45°

Question 5.
When two right angled vectors of magnitude 7 units and 24 units combine, what is the magnitude of their resultant ? [A.P. Mar. 16]
Answer:
θ = 90°, P = 7 units, Q = 24 units
R = \(\sqrt{P^2+Q^2+2 P Q \cos \theta}\)
R = \(\sqrt{7^2+24^2+2 \times 7 \times 24 \times \cos 90^{\circ}}=\sqrt{49+576}=\sqrt{625}\) = 25 units.

Question 6.
If p = 2i + 4j + 14k and Q = 4i + 4j + 10k find the magnitude of P + Q. [T.S. – Mar. ‘16, ‘15]
Answer:
P = 2i + 4j + 14k, Q = 4i + 4j + 10k,
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) = 2i + 4j + 14k + 4i + 4j + 10k
= 6i + 8j + 24k
|\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}+\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\)| = \(\sqrt{6^2+8^2+24^2}=\sqrt{676}\)

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 7.
Can a vector of magnitude zero have non-zero components?
Answer:
No, the components of a vector of magnitude zero have non-zero components..

Question 8.
What is the acceleration projectile at the top of its trajectory?
Answer:
The acceleration of a projectile at the top of its trajectory is vertically downwards.

Question 9.
Can two vectors of unequal magnitude add up to give the zero vector? Can three unequal vectors add up to give the zero vector?
Answer:
No, two vectors of unequal magnitude cannot be equal to zero. According to triangle law, three unequal vectors in equilibrium can be zero.

Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
State parallelogram law of vectors. Derive an expression for the magnitude and direction of the resultant vector. [T.S. – Mar. 16; Mar. 14, 15]
Answer:
Statement: If two vectors acting d a point are represented by the adjacent sides of a parallelogram in magnitude and direction, then their resultant is represented by the diagonal of the parallelogram in magnitude and direction dawn from the same vector.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 3
Explanation L Let two forces \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\) point O. Let θ be the angle between two nrces. Let the side O = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\) and OB = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{Q}}\). The parallelogram OACB is completed. The points O and C are joined. Now OC = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Resultant magnitude :
In fig \(\overrightarrow{O A}=\vec{p}, \overrightarrow{O B}=\vec{Q}, \overrightarrow{O C}=\vec{R}\)
In the triangle COD. OC2 = OD2 + CD2
0C2 = (OA + AD)2 + CD2 (: OD = OA + AÐ)
OC2 = OA2 + AD2 + 2OA. AD + CD622
OC2 = OA2 + AC2 + 2OA. AD …………… (1)
From ∆le CAD, AD2 + CD2 = AC2
From ∆le CAD, cos θ = \(\frac{A D}{A C}\)
AD = AC cos θ ……………. (2)
∴ R2 = P2 + Q2 + 2 PQ cosθ
R = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{P}^2+\mathrm{Q}^2+2 \mathrm{PQ} \cos \theta}\) ………….. (3)

Resultant direction:
Let (L be the angle made by the resultant vector \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\) with \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{P}}\)
Then tan α = \(\frac{C D}{O D}\)
tan α = \(\frac{C D}{O A+A D}\) ……………… (4)
In the triangle CAD, sinO = \(\frac{C D}{A C}\)
CD = AC sin θ
CD = Q sin θ ……………… (5)
∴ tan α = \(\frac{\mathrm{Q} \sin \theta}{\mathrm{P}+\mathrm{Q} \cos \theta}\) (∵ AD = Q COS θ)
α = tan-1 \(\left(\frac{Q \sin \theta}{P+Q \cos \theta}\right)\) ……………….. (6)

Question 2.
What is relative motion ? Explain It.
Answer:
Relative velocity is defined as the velocity of one body with respect to another body.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 2
Let us consider two observers A and B are making measurements of an event P in space from two frames of reference as shown in figure. At the beginning let the two origins of the two reference frames coincide and are on the same line.

Let the observer B is moving with a constant velocity VBA with respect to A. Now we can connect the positions of the event P as measured by A with the position of P as measured by B.

As B is moving with constant velocity at the time of observation of event P, the frame B has moved a distance XBA with respect to A.
XPA = XPB + XBA …………….. (1)
“The position of P as measured by observer A is equal to the position of P as measured by B plus the position of B as measured by A”.
eq (1) can also be written as VPA = VPB + VBA …………….. (2)

Question 3.
Show that a boat must move at an angle with respect to river water in order to cross the river in minimum time.
Answer:
If the boat has to move along the line AB, the resultant velocity of VBE should be directed along AB and the boat reaches the point B directly. For this to happen, the boat velocity with respect to water VBW should be directed such that it makes an angle a with the line AB upstream as shown in the figure.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 4
\(\frac{V_{W E}}{V_{B W}}\) = sin α ⇒ α = sin-1 \(\left(\frac{V_{\mathrm{WE}}}{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{BW}}}\right)\)
and VBE = \(\sqrt{V_{B W}^2-V_{W E}^2}\)
The minimum time taken by the boat to cross the river
t = \(\frac{A B}{V_{B E}}\)
t = \(\frac{A B}{\sqrt{V_{B W}^2-V_{W E}^2}}\)

Question 4.
Define unit vector, null vector and position vector.
Answer:
Unit Vector : A vector having unit magnitude is called unit vector.
\(\hat{A}=\frac{A}{|A|}\) where \(\hat{A}\) is unit vector.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 5
Null vector : A vector having zero magnitude is called null vector.
Position vector : The position of a particle is described by a position vector which is drawn from the origin of a reference frame. The position vector helps to locate the particle in space.
The position of a particle P is represented by
\(\overrightarrow{O P}=\vec{r}=x \vec{i}+y \vec{j}+z \vec{k}\)

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 5.
If \(|\vec{a}+\vec{b}|=|\vec{a}-\vec{b}|\) prove that the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) is 90°.
Answer:
\(|\vec{a}+\vec{b}|=|\vec{a}-\vec{b}|\)
\(\sqrt{a^2+b^2+2 a b \cos \theta}=\sqrt{a^2+b^2-2 a b \cos \theta}\)
2 ab cos θ = – 2ab cos θ
4 ab cos θ = 0
cos θ = 0 but 4ab ≠ 0
∴ θ = 90°
Hence angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) is 90°.

Question 6.
Show that the trajectory of an object thrown at certain angle with the horizontal is a parabola. [A.P. Mar. 18, 16, 15; T.S. Mar. 18, 15]
Answer:
Consider a body is projected with an initial velocity (u) making an angle 0 with the horizontal. The body does not experience acceleration in horizontal direction. The velocity of the projectile can be resolved in to (i) u cos θ, horizontal component (ii) u sin θ, vertical component. The horizontal component of velocity remains constant through out the motion. Only its vertical component changes due to acceleration due to gravity (g).
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 6
The distance travelled along OX in time t is given by
x = u cos θ × t
t = \(\frac{x}{u \cos \theta}\) ………………. (1)
The distance travelled along oy in time t is given by
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 7
Y = Ax – Bx2 Where A and B are constants.
This is the equation of parabola.
∴ The trajectory of a projectile is parabola.

Question 7.
Explain the terms the average velocity and instantaneous velocity. When are they equal ?
Answer:
Average velocity :
The average velocity of the particle is defined as the ratio of displacement (∆x) to the time interval ∆t
\(\bar{v}=\frac{\Delta x}{\Delta t}=\frac{x_2-x_1}{t_2-t_1}\)
Average velocity is independent of the path followed by the particle between the initial and final positions. It gives the result of the motion.

Instantaneous velocity:
The velocity of a particle at a particular instant of time is known as instantaneous velocity.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 8
The instantaneous velocity may be positive (or) negative in straight line motion.
In uniform motion the instantaneous velocity of a body is equal to the average velocity.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 8.
Show that the maximum height and range of a projectile are \(\frac{U^2 \sin ^2 \theta}{2 g}\) and \(\frac{U^2 \sin 2 \theta}{g}\) respectively where the terms have their regular meanings. [Mar. 14]
Answer:
Maximum height:
When the projectile is at the maximum height, its vertical component of velocity vy = 0
Initial velocity (u) = u sin θ
Distance (s) = H = maximum height
Acceleration (a) = – g
using v2 – u2 = 2as,
0 – u2 sin2 θ = – 2gH
∴ H = \(\frac{u^2 \sin ^2 \theta}{2 g}\)
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 9
Horizontal range (R) .
The horizontal distance travelled by the projectile from the point of projection during the time of flight is called range. . .
Range (R) = Horizontal velocity × Time of flight
R = u cos θ × T = u cos θ × \(\frac{2 u \sin \theta}{g}\)
R = \(\frac{u^2 \times 2 \sin \theta \cos \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\)
R = \(\frac{u^2 \sin 2 \theta}{g}\)
If θ = 45°, RMax = \(\frac{u^2}{g}\)

Question 9.
If the trajectory of a body is parabolic in one reference frame, can it be parabolic in another reference frame that moves at constant velocity with respect to the first reference frame ? If the trajectory can be other than parabolic, what else can it be ?
Answer:
No, when a stone is thrown from a moving bus, the trajectory of the stone is parabolic in one reference frame. That is when a man observes out side foot path.
In another frame of reference, the trajectory is a vertical straight line.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 10.
A force 2i + j – k newton d’ts on a body which is initially at rest. At the end of 20 seconds the velocity of the body is 4i + 2j – 2k ms-1. What is the mass of the body ?
Answer:
F = (2i + j – k) N
t = 20 sec, u = 0
v = (4i + 2j – 2k) m/s
a = \(\frac{v-u}{t}=\frac{(4 i+2 j-2 k)-0}{20}\)
a = \(\frac{2 i+j-k}{10}\) m/s2
F = ma
mass (m) = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{a}}\)
= \(\frac{2 i+j-k}{\left(\frac{2 i+k}{10}\right)}\)
m = 10 kg

Problems

Question 1.
Ship A is 10 km due west of ship B. Ship A is heading directly north at a speed of 30 km/h. while ship B is heading in a direction 60° west of north at a speed of 20 km/h.
i) Determine the magnitude of the velocity of ship B relative to ship A.
ii) What will be their distance of closest approach ?
Answer:
i) VA = 30 kmph, VB = 20 kmp, θ = 60°
Relative velocity of ship B w.r.to ship A is
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 10

Question 2.
If θ is the angle of projection, R the range, h the maximum height of the floor. Then show that (a) tan θ = 4h/R and (b) h = gT2/8
Answer:
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 44

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 3.
A projectile is fired at an angle of 60° to the horizontal with an initial velocity of 800 m/s:
i) Find the time of flight of the projectile before it hits the ground.
ii) Find the distance it travels before it hits the ground (range)
iii) Find the time of flight for the projectile to reach its maximum height.
Answer:
θ = 60°, u = 800 m/s
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 12

Question 4.
For a particle projected slantwise from the ground, the magnitude of its position vector with respect to the point of projection, when it is at the highest point of the path is found to be \(\sqrt{2}\) times the maximum height reached by it. Show that the angle of projection is tan-1 (2)
Answer:
Range (R) = \(\frac{u^2 \times 2 \sin \theta \cos \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\)
= \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^2 \sin 2 \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\) ………… (1)
Maximum height (h) = \(\frac{u^2 \sin ^2 \theta}{2 g}\) ……………….. (2)
Given R = \(\sqrt{2}\) h
\(\frac{u^2 \times 2 \sin \theta \cos \theta}{g}=\sqrt{2} \times \frac{u^2 \sin ^2 \theta}{2 g}\)
tan θ = 2 \(\sqrt{2}\)
θ = tan-1 (2\(\sqrt{2}\))

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 5.
An object is launched from a cliff 20m above the ground at an angle of 30° above the horizontal with an initial speed of 30 m/s. How far horizontally does the object travel before landing on the ground ? (g = 10 m/s2)
Answer:
h = 20m, θ = 30°, u = 30m/s,
g = 10m/s2
h = -(u sin θ) t + \(\frac{1}{2}\) gt2
20 = – 30 sin 30° × t + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × t2
20 = – 30 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × t + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × t2
4 = – 3t + t2
t2 – 3t – 4 = 0
(t – 4) (t + 1) = 0
t = 4 sec (or) t = -1 sec
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 13
∴ Range (R) = u cos θ × t
= 30 cos 30° × 4
= 30 × \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\) × 4
R = 60\(\sqrt{3}\) m

Question 6.
O is a point on the ground chosen as origin. A body first suffers a displacement of 10 \(\sqrt{2}\) m North-East, next 10 m North and finally North-West. How far it is from the origin ?
Answer:
Given OB = 10 \(\sqrt{2}\) m, BC = 10m.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 14
∴ Total displacement (OD) = | OF | + |FE| + || ED ||
OD = 10 + 10 + 10
OD = 30m

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 7.
From a point on the ground a particle is projected with initial velocity u, such that its horizontal range is maximum. Find the magnitude of average velocity during its ascent.
Answer:
S = \(\sqrt{\left(\frac{R}{2}\right)^2+\left(\frac{R}{4}\right)^2}=\sqrt{\frac{R^2}{4}+\frac{R^2}{16}}\)
= \(\sqrt{\frac{4 R^2+R^2}{16}}=\frac{\sqrt{5} R}{4}\)
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 15

Question 8.
A particle is projected from the ground with some initial velocity making an angle of 45° with the horizontal. It reaches a height of 7.5 m above the ground while it travels a horizontal distance of 10m from the point of projection. Find the initial speed of projection, (g = 10m/s2)
Answer:
θ = 45°, g = 10 m/s2
Horizontal distance (x) = 10m.
Vertical distance (y) = 7.5 m.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 16

Additional Problems

Question 1.
State, for each of the following vector quantities, if it is a scalar are vector : volume, mass, speed, acceleration, density, number of mass, velocity, angular frequency. Displacement, angular velocity.
Answer:
Scalars, volume, mass, speed, density, number of moles, angular frequency vectors, acceleration, velocity, displacement, angular velocity.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 2.
Pick out the two scalar quantities in the following list  angular momentum, work, current, linear momentum, electric field, average velocity, magnetic moment, relative velocity.
Answer:
Work and current are scalar quantities in the given list.

Question 3.
Pick out the only vector quantity in the following list : Temperature, pressure, impulse time, power, total path length, energy, gravitational potential, coefficient of friction, charge.
Answer:
Since, Impulse = change in momentum = force × time. A momentum and force are vector quantities hence impulse is a vector quantity.

Question 4.
State with reasons, whether the following algebraic operations with scalar and vector physical quantities are meaningful :
a) adding any two scalars,
b) adding a scalar to a vector of the same dimensions,
c) multiplying any vector by any scalar,
d) multiplying any two scalars,
e) adding any two vectors,
f) adding a component of a vector to the same vector.
Answer:
a) No, because only the scalars of same dimensions can be added.
b) No, because a scalar cannot be added to a vector.
c) Yes, when acceleration \(\vec{A}\) is multiplied by mass m, we get a force \(\vec{F}=m \vec{A}\), which is a meaningful operation.
d) Yes, when power P is multiplied by time t, we get work done = Pt, which is a useful operation.
e) No, because the two vectors of same dimensions can be added.
f) Yes, because both are vectors of same dimensions.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 5.
Read each statement below carefully and state with reasons, if it is true of false :
a) The magnitude of a vector is always a scalar,
b) each component of a vector is always a scalar,
c) the total path length is always equal to the magnitude of the displacement vector of a particle,
d) the average speed of a particle (defined as total path length divided by the time taken to cover the path) is either greater or equal to the magnitude of average velocity of the particle over the same interval of time,
e) Three vectors not lying in a plane can never add up to give a null vector.
Answer:
a) True, because magnitude is a pure number.
b) False, each component of a vector is also a vector.
c) True only if the particle moves along a straight line in the same direction, otherwise false.
d) True; because the total path length is either greater than or equal to the magnitude of the displacement vector.
e) True, as they cannot be represented by three sides of a triangle taken in the same order.

Question 6.
Establish the following vector inequalities geometrically or otherwise :
(a) |a + b| ≤ |a| + |b|
(b) |a + b| ≥ ||a| – |b||
(c) |a  – b| ≤ |a| + |b|
(d) |a – b| ≥ ||a| – |b||
When does the equality sign above apply ?
Answer:
Consider two vectors \(\vec{A}\) and \(\vec{B}\) be represented by the sides \(\vec{OP}\) and \(\vec{OQ}\) of a parallelogram OPSQ. According to parallelogram law of vector addition; (\(\vec{A}+\vec{B}\)) will be represented by \(\vec{OS}\) as shown in figure. Thus OP = \(|\vec{A}|\), OQ = PS = \(|\vec{B}|\) and OS = \(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}|\)
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 17

a) To prove |\(\vec{A}+\vec{B}\) | ≤ \(|\vec{A}|\) + \(|\vec{B}|\)
we know that the length of one side of a triangle is always less than the sum of the lengths of the other two sides. Hence from ∆OPS, we have OS < OP + PS or OS < OP + OQ or|\(\vec{A}+\vec{B}\)|< |\(\vec{A}+\vec{B}\)| ………………. (i) If the two vectors \(\vec{A}\) and \(\vec{B}\) are acting along a same straight line aind in same directions, then \(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}|=|\vec{A}|+|\vec{B}|\) …………….. (ii) combining the conditions mentioned in (i) and (ii) we get \(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}|=|\vec{A}|+|\vec{B}|\) b) To prove \(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}| \geq\|\vec{A}|+| \vec{B}\|\) From ∆OPS, we have OS + PS> OP or OS > |OP – PS| or OS > (OP – OQ) ………………. (iii)
(∵ PS = OQ)
The modulus of (OP – PS) has been taken because the LH.S is always positive but the R.H.S may be negative if OP < PS. Thus from (iii) we have \(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}|>\|\vec{A}|-| \vec{B}\|\) ………………. (iv)
If the two vectors \(\vec{A}\) and \(\vec{B}\) are acting along a straight line in opposite directions, then
\(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}|=\vec{A}-\vec{B}\) ……………. (v)
combining the conditions mentioned in (iv) and (v) we get
\(|\vec{A}+\vec{B}| \geq \vec{A}-\vec{B}\)

c)
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 18
combining the conditions mentioned in (vi) and (vii) we get
\(|\vec{A}-\vec{B}| \leq|\vec{A}|+|\vec{B}|\)

d) To prove \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}} \geq|| \overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}|-| \overrightarrow{\mathrm{B}} \mid\)
From ∆OPR, we note that OR + PR > OP or OR > |OP – PR| or OR > |OP – OT| ………………. (viii)
(∵ OT = PR)
The modulus of (OP – OT) has been taken because L.H.S. is positive and R.H.S. may be negative of OP < OT From (viii), \(|\vec{A}-\vec{B}|>|| \vec{A}|-| \vec{B} \|\) …………….. (ix)
If the two vectors \(\vec{A}\) and \(\vec{B}\) are acting along the straight line in the same direction, then \(|\vec{A}-\vec{B}|\)
= \(|\vec{A}|-|\vec{B}|\) ………………. (x)
Combining the conditions mentioned in (ix) and (x) we get
\(\vec{A}-\vec{B} \geq \vec{A}-\vec{B}\)

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 7.
Given a + b + c + d = 0. Which of the following statements are correct:
a) a, b, c and d must each be a null vector,
b) The magnitude of (a + c) equals the magnitude of (b + d),
c) The magnitude of a can never be greater than the sum of the magnitudes of b, c, and d,
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 19
d) b + c must lie in the plane of a and d if a and d are not collinear, and in the line of a and d, if they are collinear ?
Answer:
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 20
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 21

Question 8.
Three girls skating on a circular ice ground of radius 200 m start from a point P on the edge of the ground and reach a point Q diametrically opposite to P following different paths as shown in Fig. 4.20. What is the magnitude of the displacement vector for each ? For which girl is this equal to the actual length of path skate ?
Answer:
Displacement for each girl = \(\vec{PQ}\)
∴ Magnitude of the displacement of each girl = PQ
= diameter of circular ice ground
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 22
= 2 × 200 = 400 m
For girl B, the magnitude of displacement is equal to the actual length of path skated.

Question 9.
A cyclist starts from the centre O of a circular park of radius km, reaches the edge p of the pa’rk, then cycles along the circumference, and returns to the centre along QO as shown in Fig. 4.21. If the round trip takes 10 min, what is the
(a) net displacement,
(b) average velocity and
(c) average speed of the cyclist ?
Answer:
a) Here, net displacement = zero
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 23

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 10.
On an open ground, a motorist follows a track that turns to his left by an angle of 60° after every 500m. Starting from a given turn, specify the displacement of the motorist at the third, sixth and eighth turn. Compare the magnitude of the displacement with the total path length covered by the motorist in each case.
Answer:
In this problem, the path is regular hexagon ABCDEF of side length 500m let the motorist start from A.
Third turn : The motor cyclist will take the third turn at D. Displacement vector at D = \(\overrightarrow{A D}\) Magnitude of this displacement
= 500 + 500 = 1000 m
Total path length from A to D
= AB + BC + CD = 500 + 500 + 500 = 1500 m.
Sixth turn : The motor cyclist takes the sixth turn at A. So displacement vector is null vector – Total path length
= AB + BC + CD + DE + EF + FA = 6 × 500 = 3000 m.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 24
Eighth turn : The motor cyclist takes the eighth turn at C. The displacement vector = \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AC}}\), which is represented by the diagonal of the parallelogram ABCG.
So, |\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AC}}\)|
= \(\sqrt{(500)^2+(500)^2+2 \times 500 \times 500 \times \cos 60^{\circ}}\)
= \(\sqrt{(500)^2+(500)^2+250000}\)
= 866.03 m
tan β = \(\frac{500 \sin 60^{\circ}}{500+500 \sin 60^{\circ}}=\frac{500 \times \sqrt{3} / 2}{500(1+1 / 2)}\)
= \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\) = tan 30° or β = 30°
It means \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AC}}\) makes an angle 30° with the initial direction.
Total path length = 8 × 500 = 4000 m.

Question 11.
A passenger arriving in a new town wishes to go from the station to a hotel located 10 km away on a straight road from the station. A dishonest cabman takes him along a circuitous path 23 km long and reaches the hotel in 28 min. What is (a) the average speed of the taxi, (b) the magnitude of average velocity ? Are the two equal ?
Answer:
Here, actual path length travelled, S = 23 km, displacement = 10 km, time taken, t = 28min = 28/60h
a) Average speed of a taxi
= \(\frac{\text { actual path length }}{\text { time taken }}=\frac{23}{28 / 60}\)
= 49.3 km/hr
b) Magnitude of average velocity
= \(\frac{\text { displacement }}{\text { time taken }}=\frac{10}{(28 / 60)}\)
= 21.4 km/hr
The average speed is not equal to the magnitude of the average velocity. The two are equal for the motion of taxi along a straight path in one direction.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 12.
Rain is falling vertically with a speed of 30 ms-1. A woman rides a bicycle with a- speed of 10 m s-1 in the north to south direction. What is the direction in which she should hold her umbrella ?
Answer:
The rain is falling along OA with speed 30 ms-1 and woman rider is moving along OS with speed 10 ms-1 i.e OA = 30 ms-1 & OB = 10ms-1. The woman rider can protect herself from the rain if she holds her umbrella in the direction of relative velocity of rainfall of woman. To draw apply equal and opposite velocity of woman on the rain i.e impress the velocity 10 ms-1 due to North on which is represented by OC. Now the relative velocity of rain w.r.t woman will be represented by diagonal OD of parallelogram OADL. if ∠AOD = θ, then
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 45
= tan 18°26′ or β = 18°26′ with vertical in forward direction.

Question 13.
A man can swim with a speed of 4.0 km/h in still water. How long does he take to cross a river 1.0 km wide if the river flows steadily at 3.0 km/h and he makes his strokes normal to the river current ? How far down the river does he go when he reaches the other bank ?
Answer:
Time to cross the river, t = \(\frac{\text { width of river }}{\text { speed of man }}\)
= \(\frac{1 \mathrm{~km}}{4 \mathrm{~km} / \mathrm{h}}=\frac{1}{4}\)h = 15min
Distance moved along the river in time
t = vr × t = 3 km/h × \(\frac{1}{4}\) h = 750 m.

Question 14.
The ceiling of a long hall is 25m high. What is the maximum horizontal distance that a ball thrown with a speed of 40 m s-1 can go without hitting the ceiling of the hall ?
Answer:
Here, u = 40 ms-1, H = 25 m; R = ?
Let θ be the angle of projection with the horizontal direction to have the maximum range, with maximum height 25m.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 26

Question 15.
A cricketer can throw a ball to a maximum horizontal distance of 100m. How much high above the ground can the cricketer throw the same ball ?
Answer:
Let u be the velocity of projection of the ball. The ball will cover maximum horizontal distance when angle of projection with horizontal, θ = 45°. Then, Rmax = u2/g Here u2/g = 100m ………………………….. (i)
In order to study the motion of the ball along vertical direction, consider a point on the surface of earth as the origin and vertical upward direction as the positive direction of Y – axis. Taking motion of the ball along vertical upward direction we have.
uy = u, ay = -g, vy = 0, t = ? y0 = 0, y = ?
As uy = uy + ayt
∴ 0 = u + (-g)t or t = u/g
Also y = y0 + uyt + \(\frac{1}{2}\) a0t2
∴ y = 0 + u(u/g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) (-g) u2 /g2
= \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^2}{\mathrm{~g}}-\frac{1}{2} \frac{\mathrm{u}^2}{\mathrm{~g}}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2} \frac{\mathrm{u}^2}{\mathrm{~g}}=\frac{100}{2}\)= 50m [from (i)]

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 16.
A stone tied to the end of a string 80 cm long is whirled in a horizontal circle with a constant speed. If the stone makes 14 revolutions in 25s. What is the magnitude and direction of acceleration of the stone ?
Answer:
Here, r = 80 cm = 0.8 m ; v = 14/25s-1
∴ ω = 2πV
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{14}{25}=\frac{88}{25}\) rad s-1
The centripetal accerlation, a = ω2r
= \(\left(\frac{88}{25}\right)^2\) × 0.80
= 9.90 m/s2
The direction of centripetal acceleration is along the string directed towards the centre of circular path.

Question 17.
An aircraft executes a horizontal loop of radius 1.00 km with a steady speed of 900 km/h. Compare its centripetal acceleration with the acceleration due to gravity.
Answer:
Here, r = 1 km = 1000 m; v = 900 kmh-1
= 900 × (1000) m × (60 × 60 s)-1
= 250 ms-1
Centripetal acceleration, a = \(\frac{v^2}{r}\)
= \(\frac{(250)^2}{1000}\)
Now, a/g = \(\frac{(250)^2}{1000} \times \frac{1}{9.8}\) = 6.38.

Question 18.
Read each statement below carefully and state, with reasons, if it is true of false :
a) The net acceleration of a particle in circular motion is always along the radius of the circle towards the centre.
b) The velocity vector of a particle at a point is always along the tangent to the path of the particle at that point.
c) The acceleration vector of a particle in uniform circular motion averaged over one cycle is a null vector
Answer:
a) False, the net acceleration of a particle is towards the centre only in the case of a uniform circular motion.
b) True, because while leaving the circular path, the particle moves tangentially to the circular path.
c) True, the direction of acceleration vector in a uniform circular motion is directed towards the centre of circular path. It is constantly changing with time, the resultant of all these vectors will be a zero vector.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 19.
The position of a particle is given by r = 3.0 t \(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) – 2.0t2 \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) + 4.0 \(\overline{\mathrm{k}}\) m where t is in seconds and the co-efficients have the proper units for r to be in metres, (a) Find the v and a of the particle ? (b) What is the magnitude and direction of velocity of the particle at t = 2.0 s ?
Answer:
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 27
∴ θ = 69.5° below the x – axis

Question 20.
A particle starts from the origin at t = 0 s with a velocity of 10.0 \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) m/s and moves in the x – y plane with a constant acceleration of (8.0i + 2.0\(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\)) m s-2. (a) At what time is the x – coordinate of the particle 16 m? What is the y – coordinate of the particle at that time ? (b) What is the speed of the particle at the time ?
Answer:
Here, \(\vec{u}\) = 10.0 \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) ms-1 at t = 0
\(\vec{a}=\frac{\overrightarrow{d v}}{d t}=(8.0 \hat{i}+2.0 \hat{j}) \mathrm{ms}^{-2}\)
So \(d \vec{v}=(8.0 \hat{i}+2.0 \hat{j}) d t\)
Integrating it with in the limits of motion i.e. as time changes from 0 to t, velocity changes is from u to v, we have
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 28
Integrating it within the conditions of motion i.e as time changes from 0 to t, displacement is from 0 to r, we have
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 29

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 21.
\(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) are unit vectors along x – and y – axis respectively. What is the magnitude and direction of the vectors \(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) – \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) ? What are the components of a vector A = 2 \(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) + 3 \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) along the directions of \(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) + \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{i}}\) – \(\overline{\mathrm{j}}\)? [You may use graphical method]
Answer:
a) Magnitude of \((\hat{i}+\hat{j})=|\hat{i}+\hat{j}|\)
= \(\sqrt{(1)^2+(1)^2}=\sqrt{2}\)
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 30

b) Here, \(\vec{B}=2 \hat{i}+3 \hat{j}\)
To find the component vectors of \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{A}}\) along the vectors \((\hat{i}+\hat{j})\) we first find the unit vector along the vector \((\hat{i}+\hat{j})\). Let be the unit vector along the direction of vector \((\hat{i}+\hat{j})\).
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 31
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 32

Question 22.
For any arbitrary motion in space, which of the following relations are true :
a) vaverage = (1/2) (v (t1) + v(t2))
b) vaverage = [r (t2) – r(t1)] / (t2 – t1)
c) v(t)average = v(0) + a t
d) r (t) = r (0) + v(0) t + (1/2) a t2
e) aaverage = [v (t2) – v(t1)] / (t2 – t1)
(The ‘average’ stands for average of the quantity over the time interval t1 to t2)
Answer:
The relations (b) and (e) are true; others are false because relations (a), (c) and (d) hold only for uniform acceleration.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 23.
Read each statement below carefully arid state, with reasons and examples, if it is true or fa1 e :
A scalar quantity is one that
a) is conserved in a process
b) can never take negative values
c) must be dimensionless
d) does not vary from one point to another in space
e) has the same value for observers with different orientations of axes.
Answer:
a) False, because energy is not conserved during inelastic collisions.
b) False, because the temperature can be negative.
c) False, because the density has dimensions.
d) False, because gravitational potential vary from point to point in space.
e) True, because the value of scalar does not change with orientation of axes.

Question 24.
An aircraft is flying at a height of 3400 m above the ground. If the angle subtended at a ground observation point by the aircraft positions 10.0 s apart is 30°, what is the speed of the aircraft ?
Answer:
In figure O is the observation point at the ground. A and B are the positions of aircraft for which ∠AOB = 30°. Draw a perpendicular OC on AB. Here OC = 3400m and ∠AOC = ∠COB = 15°
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 33
Time taken by aircraft from A to B is 10s
In ∆AOC, AC = OC tan 15° = 3400 × 0.2679
= 910.86m
AB = AC + CB = AC + AC = 2AC
= 2 × 910.86 m
Speed of the aircraft, v = \(\frac{\text { distance } A B}{\text { time }}\)
= \(\frac{2 \times 910.86}{10}\)
= 182.17 ms-1 = 182.2 ms-1

Question 25.
A vector has magnitude and direction. Does K have a location in space ? Can it vary with time? Will two equal vectors a and b at different locations in space necessarily have identical physical effects ? Give examples in support of your answer. .
Answer:
i) A vector in general has no difinite location in space because a vector remains uneffected whenever it is displaced anywhere in space provided its magnitude and direction do not change. However a position vector has a definite location in space.
ii) A vector can vary with time eg the velocity vector of an accelerated particle varies with time.
iii) Two equal vectors at different locations in space do not necessarily have some physical effects. For example two equal forces acting at two different points on a body with can cause the rotation of a body about an axis will not produce equal turning effect.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 26.
A vector has both magnitude and direction. Does it mean that any thing that has magnitude and direction is necessarily a vector ? The rotation of a body can be specified by the direction of the axis of rotation, and the angle of rotation about the axis. Does that make any rotation a vector ?
Answer:
No. There are certain physical quantities which have both magnitude and direction, but they are not vectors as they do not follow the laws of vectors addition, which is essential for vectors. The finite rotation of a body about an axis is not a vector because the finite rotations do not abey the laws of vectors addition. However, the small rotation of a body is a vector quantity as it obey the law of vector addition.

Question 27.
Can you associate vectors with (a) the length of a wire bent into a loop, (b) a plane area, (c) a sphere ? Explain.
Answer:
a) We cannot associate a vector with the length of a wire bent into a loop.
b) We can associate a vector with a plane area. Such a vector is called area vector and its direction is represented by outward drawn normal to the area.
c) we can not associate a vector with volume of sphere however a vector can be associated with the area of sphere.

Question 28.
A bullet fired at an angle of 30° with the horizontal hits the ground 3.0 km away. By adjusting its angle of projection, can one hope to hit a target 5.0 km away ? Assume the muzzle speed to be fixed, and neglect air resistance.
Answer:
Horizontal range R = \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^2 \sin 2 \theta}{\mathrm{g}}\)
3 = \(\frac{u^2 \sin 60^{\circ}}{g}=\frac{u^2}{g} \sqrt{3} / 2\) or \(\frac{\mathrm{u}^2}{\mathrm{~g}}=2 \sqrt{3}\)
Since the muzzle velocity is fixed, therefore, Max, horizontal range.
Rmax = \(\frac{u^2}{g}=2 \sqrt{3}\) = 3.464m.
So, the bullet cannot hit the target.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 29.
A fighter plane flying horizontally at an altitude of 1.5 km with speed 720 km/h passes directly overhead an anti-aircraft gun. At what angle from the vertical should the gun be fired for the shell with muzzle speed 600 m s-1 to hit the plane ? At what minimum altitude should the pilot fly the plane to avoid being hit ? (Take g = 10m s-2).
Answer:
In Fig. 0 be the position of gun and A be the position of plane. The speed of the plane,
v = \(\frac{720 \times 1000}{60 \times 60}\) = 200 ms-1
The speed of the shell, u = 600 m/s
Let the shell will hit the plane at B after time t if fired at an angle 0 with the vertical from O then the horizontal distance travelled by shel in time t is the same as the distance covered by plane.
i.e. ux × t = vt or u sin θ t = vt .
or sin θ = \(\frac{v}{u}=\frac{200}{600}\) = 0.3333 = sin 19.5°. or θ = 19.5°.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 34
The plane will not be hit by the bullet from the gun if it is flying at a minimum height which is maximum height (H) attained by bullet after firing from gun.
Here H = \(\frac{u^2 \sin ^2(90-\theta)}{2 g}=\frac{u^2 \cos ^2 \theta}{g}\)
= \(\frac{(600)^2 \times(\cos 19.5)^2}{2 \times 10}\)
= 16000 m
= 16 km

Question 30.
A cyclist is riding with a speed of 27 . km/h. As he approaches a circular turn on the road of radius 80m, he applies brakes and reduces his speed at the constant rate of 0.50 m/s every second. What is the magnitude and direction of the net acceleration of the cyclist on the circular turn ?
Answer:
Here v = 27 km/h-1 = 27 × (1000 m) × (60 × 60s)-1 = 7.5 ms-1, r = 80m centripetal acceleration
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 35
Let the cyclist applies the brakes at the point P of the Circular turn, then tangential acceleration aT will act opposite to velocity. Acceleration along the tangent, aT = 0.5 ms-2 Angle between both the acceleration is 90° Therefore, the magnitude of the resultant acceleration.
a = \(\sqrt{a c^2+a_T^2}\)
= \(\sqrt{(0.7)^2+(0.5)^2}\)
= 0.86 ms-2
Let the resultant acceleration make an angle β with the tangent i.e. the direction of velocity of the cyclist, then,
tan β = \(\frac{\mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{c}}}{\mathrm{a}_{\mathrm{T}}}=\frac{0.7}{0.5}\) = 1.4
or β = 54° 28′

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 31.
a) Show that for a projectile the angle between the velocity and the x-axis as a function of time is given by
b) Shows that the projection angle θ for a projectile launched from the origin is given by θ(t) = tan-1 \(\left[\begin{array}{cc}
v_{\theta y} & -g t \\
v_{0 x}
\end{array}\right]\)
θ0 = tan-1 \(\left(\frac{4 h_m}{R}\right)\)
Where the symbols have their usual meaning
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 36
Answer:
a) Let vox and voy be the initial component velocity of the projectile at O along OX direction and OY direction respectveIy, where OX is horizantal and oy is vertical

Let the projectile go from o to p in time t and vx, vy be the component velocity of projectile at P along horizantal and vertical directions respectively. Then vy = voy – gt. and vx = vox
If θ is the angle which the resultant velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\) makes with horizontal direction, then
tan θ = \(\frac{v y}{v x}=\frac{v_{o y}-g t}{v_{o x}}\) or
θ = tan-1 \(\left[\frac{v_{\mathrm{oy}}-g t}{v_{o x}}\right]\)

b) In angular projection, maximum vertical height,
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 37

Textual Examples

Question 1.
Rain is falling vertically with a speed of 35 m s-1. Winds starts blowing after sometime with a speed of 12 m s-1 in east to west direction. In which direction should a boy waiting at bus stop hold his umbrella?
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 38
Answer:
The velocity of the rain and the wind are represented by the vectors vr and vw in Fig. a e in the direction specified by the problem. Using the rule of vector addition, we see that the resultant of vr and vw is R as shown in the figure. The magnitude of R is
R = \(\sqrt{v_{\mathrm{r}}^2+v_{\mathrm{w}}^2}=\sqrt{35^2+12^2}\) m s-1 = 37 m s-1
The direction θ that R makes with the vertical is given by
tan θ = \(\frac{v_w}{v_r}=\frac{12}{35}\) = 0343
Or, θ = tan-1 (0.343) = 19°
Therefore, the boy should hold his umbrella in the vertical plane at an a glass about 19° with vertical towards the east.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 2.
Fine, the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two vectors A and B in terms of their magnitudes and angle θ between them.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 39
Answer:
Let OP and OQ represent the two vectors A and B making an angle θ (fig.). Then using the parallelogram method of vector addition, OS represents the vector R :
R = A + B
SN is normal to OP and PM is normal to OS.
From the geometry of the figure,
OS2 = ON2 + SN2
but ON = OP + PN = A + B cos θ
SN = B sin θ
OS2 = (A + B cos θ)2 + (B sin θ)2
or, R2 = A2 + B2 + 2AB cos θ
R = \(\sqrt{A^2+B^2+2 A B \cos \theta}\) …………….. (1)
In ∆ OSN, SN = OS sin α = R sin α, and in ∆ PSN, SN = PS sin θ = B sin θ
Therefore, R sin θ = B sin θ
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 40
Equation (1) gives the magnitude of the resultant and Eqs. 5 & 6 its direction. Equation ((1) a) is known as the Law of ‘ cosines and Eq. (4) as the Law of sines.

Question 3.
A motorboat is racing towards north at 25 km/h and the water current in that region is 10 km/h in the direction of 60° east of south. Find the resultant velocity of the boat.
Answer:
The vector vb representing the velocity of the motorboat and the vector vc representing the water current are shown in Fig. in directions specified by the problem. Using the parallelogram method of addition, the resultant R is obtained in the direction shown in the figure.
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 41
We can obtain the magnitude of R using the Law of cosine :
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 42

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 4.
The position of a particle is given by r =\(3.0 t \overline{\mathrm{i}}+2.0 \overline{\mathrm{j}}^2 \mathrm{j}+5.0 \overline{\mathrm{K}}\) where t is in seconds and the coefficients have the proper units for r to he in metres. (a) Find v(t) and a(t) of the particle. (b) Find the magnitude and direction of v(t) at t = 1.0 s.
Answer:
v(t) = \(\frac{d r}{d t}=\frac{d}{d t}\left(3.0 t \hat{i}+2.0 t^2 \hat{j}+5.0 \hat{k}\right)\)
= \(3.0 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+4.0 t \hat{\mathrm{j}}\)
a(t) = \(\frac{d v}{d t}=+4.0 \hat{\mathrm{j}}\)
a = 4.0 ms-2 along y-direction
At t = 1.0 s, v = \(3.0 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+4.0 \hat{\mathrm{j}}\)
It’s magnitude is v = \(\sqrt{3^2+4^2}\) = 5.0 m s-1 and direction is
θ = tan-1\(\left(\frac{v_{\mathrm{y}}}{v_{\mathrm{x}}}\right)\) = tan-1 \(\left(\frac{4}{3}\right)\) ≅ 53° with x-axis.

Question 5.
A particle starts from origin at t = 0 with a velocity 5.0 \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\) m/s and moves in x-y plane under action of a force which produces a constant acceleration of (3.0 \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}\) + 2.0\(\hat{\mathrm{j}}\)) m/s2.
(a) What is the y- coordinate of the particle at the instant its x-co-ordinate is 84 m ?
(b) What is the speed of the particle at this time?
Answer:
The position of the particle is given by
r(t) = v0t + \(\frac{1}{2}\) at2
= \(5.0 \hat{i} t+(1 / 2)(3.0 \hat{i}+2.0 \hat{j}) t^2\)
= \(\left(5.0 t+1.5 t^2\right) \hat{i}+1.0 t^2 \hat{j}\)
Therefore, x(t) = 5.0t + 1.5 t2
y(t) = + 1.0t2
Givn x(t) = 84m, t =?
5.0 t + 1.5 t2 = 84 ⇒ t = 6s
At t = 6 s, y = 1.0 (6)2 = 36.0 m
Now the velocity v = \(\frac{\mathrm{dr}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
= (5.0 + 3.0t)\(\hat{\mathrm{i}}+2.0 \mathrm{t} \hat{\mathrm{j}}\)
At t = 6s, v = \(23.0 \hat{i}+12.0 \hat{j}\)
speed = |v| = \(\sqrt{23^2+12^2}\) ≅ 26 m s-1

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 6.
Rain is falling vertically with a speed of 35 m s-1. A woman rides a bicycle with a speed of 12 m s-1 in east to west direction. What is the direction in which she should hold her umbrella?
Answer:
In Fig. vr represents the velocity of rain and vb, the velocity of the bicycle, the woman is riding. Both these velocities are with respect to the ground. Since the woman is riding a bicycle, the velocity of rain as experienced by
AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane 43
her is the velocity of rain relative to the velocity of the bicycle she is riding. That is
vrb = vr – vb
This relative velocity vector as shown in Fig. makes an angle θ with the vertical. It is given by
tan θ = \(\frac{v_{\mathrm{b}}}{v_{\mathrm{r}}}=\frac{12}{35}\) = 0.343 or, θ ≅ 19°
Therefore, the woman should hold her umbrella at an angle of about 19° with the vertical towards the west.

Note carefully the difference between this example and the Example 1. In Example 1, the boy experiences the resultant (vector sum) of two velocities while in this example, the woman experiences the velocity of rain relative to the bicycle (the vector difference of the two velocities).

Question 7.
Galileo, in his book Two new sciences, stated that “for elevations which exceed or fall short of 45° by equal amounts, the ranges are equal”. Prove this statement.
Answer:
For a projectile launched with velocity v0 at an angle θ0, the range is given by
R = \(\frac{v_0^2 \sin 2 \theta_0}{g}\)
Now, for angles, (45° + α) and (45° – α), 2θ0 is (90° + 2α) and (90° – 2α), respectively. The values of sin (90° + 2α) and sin (90° – 2α), are the same, equal to that of cos 2a. Therefore, ranges are equal for elevations which exceed or fall short of 45° by equal amounts α.

Question 8.
A hiker stands on the edge of a cliff 490 m above the ground and throws a stone horizontally with an initial speed of 15 ms-1. Neglecting air resistance, find the time taken by the stone to reach the ground and the speed with which it hits the ground. (Take g = 9.8m s-2).
Answer:
We choose the origin of the x , and y – axis at the edge of the cliff and t = 0 s at the instant the stone is thrown. Choose the positive direction of x-axis to be along the initial velocity and the positive direction of y-axis to be the vertically upward direction. The x, and y- components of the motion can be treated independently. The equations of motion are :
x (t) = x0 + υ0xt
y (t) = y0 + υ0y t + (1/2) ay t2
Here, x0 = y0 = 0, υ0y = 0, ay = – g = -9.8m s-2, υ0x = 15 m s-1.
The stone hits the ground when y(t) = – 490 m.
– 490 m = – (1/2) (9.8) t2.
This gives t = 10 s.
The velocity components are υx = υ0x and υy = υ0y – g t
so that when the stone hits the ground :
u0x = 15 m s-1
u0y = 0 – 9.8 × 10 = -98 m s-1
Therefore, the speed of the stone is
\(\sqrt{v_x^2+v_y^2}=\sqrt{15^2+98^2}\) = 99 m s-1.

AP Inter 1st Year Physics Study Material Chapter 4 Motion in a Plane

Question 9.
A cricket ball is thrown at a speed of 28 m s-1 in a direction 30° above the horizontal. Calculate (a) the maximum height, (b) the time taken by the ball to return to the same level and (c) the distance from the thrower to the point where the ball returns to the same level.
Answer:
a) The maximum height is given by
hm = \(\frac{\left(v_0 \sin \theta_0\right)^2}{2 g}=\frac{\left(28 {in} 30^{\circ}\right)^2}{2(9.8)}\) m
= \(\frac{14 \times 14}{2 \times 9.8}\) = 10.0 m
(u0 sin0o)2 (28 in 30°)2 . hm ~ 2g “ 2(9.8) m

b) The time taken to return to the same level is
Tf = (2 υ0 sinθ0)/g = (2 × 28 × sin30°)/9.8
= 28 / 9.8 s = 2.9 s

c) The distance from the thrower to the point where the ball returns to the same level is
R = \(\frac{\left(v_0^2 \sin 2 \theta_0\right)}{g}=\frac{28 \times 28 \times \sin 60^{\circ}}{9.8}\)
= 69 m

Question 10.
An insect trapped in a circular groove of radius 12 cm moves along the groove steadily and completes 7 revolutions in 100 s, (a) What is the angular speed and the linear speed of the motion ? (b) Is the acceleration vector a constant vector ? What is its magnitude ?
Answer:
This is an example nf uniform circular motion. Here R = 12 cm. The angular speed ω is given by
ω = 2π/T = 2π × 7/100 = 0.44 rad/s ,
The linear speed υ is :
υ = ω R = 0.44 s-1 × 12 cm = 5.3 cm s-1
The direction of velocity v is along the tangent to the circle at every point. The acceleration is directed towards the centre of the circle. Since this direction changes continuously, acceleration here is not a constant vector. However, the magnitude of acceleration is constant :
a – ω2 R = (0.44 s-1)2 (12 cm)
= 2.3 cm s-2

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

Practicing the Intermediate 1st Year Maths 1A Textbook Solutions Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Exercise 6(c) will help students to clear their doubts quickly.

Intermediate 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Exercise 6(c)

I.

Question 1.
Simplify the following.
(i) cos 100° cos 40° + sin 100° sin 40°
Solution:
cos 100° cos 40° + sin 100° sin 40° = cos(100° – 40°)
= cos 60°
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

(ii) \(\frac{\cot 55 \cot 35}{\cot 55+\cot 35}\)
Solution:
\(\frac{\cot 55 \cot 35}{\cot 55+\cot 35}\) = cot(55 + 35)
= cot 90
= 0

(iii) \(\tan \left[\frac{\pi}{4}+\theta\right] \cdot \tan \left[\frac{\pi}{4}-\theta\right]\)
Solution:
\(\tan \left[\frac{\pi}{4}+\theta\right] \cdot \tan \left[\frac{\pi}{4}-\theta\right]\)
\(\left[\frac{1+\tan A}{1-\tan A}\right]\left[\frac{1-\tan A}{1+\tan A}\right]\) = 1

(iv) tan 75° + cot 75°
Solution:
tan 75° + cot 75°
= 2 + √3 + 2 – √3
= 4

(v) sin 1140° cos 390° – cos 780° sin 750°
Solution:
sin 1140° cos 390° – cos 780° sin 750°
= sin(3 × 360° + 60°) cos(360°+ 30°) – cos(2 × 360° + 60°) sin(2 × 360° + 30)
= sin 60° cos 30° – cos 60° sin 30°
= sin(60° – 30°)
= sin 30°
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

Question 2.
(i) Express \(\frac{\sqrt{3} \cos 25+\sin 25}{2}\) as a sine of an angle.
Solution:
\(\frac{\sqrt{3} \cos 25+\sin 25}{2}\)
= \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\) cos 25° + \(\frac{1}{2}\) sin 25°
= sin 60° cos 25° + cos 60° sin 25°
= sin (60° + 25°)
= sin 85°

(ii) Express (cos θ – sin θ) as a cosine of an angle.
Solution:
cos θ – sin θ
Divide & multiply with √2
\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\) √2 (cos θ – sin θ)
= √2 \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\) cos θ – sin θ \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\)
= √2 [cos \(\frac{\pi}{4}\) cos θ – sin \(\frac{\pi}{4}\) sin θ]
= √2 \(\cos \left[\frac{\pi}{4}+\theta\right]\)

(iii) Express tan θ in terms of tan α, If sin (θ + α) = cos (θ + α).
Solution:
tan θ in term of tan α, if sin(θ + α) = cos (θ + α)
given sin(θ + α) = cos(θ + α)
sin θ cos α + cos θ sin α = cos θ cos α – sin θ sin α and cos θ cos α
\(\frac{\sin \theta \cos \alpha}{\cos \theta \cos \alpha}+\frac{\cos \theta \sin \alpha}{\cos \theta \cos \alpha}=\frac{\cos \theta \cos \alpha}{\cos \theta \cos \alpha}\) – \(\frac{\sin \theta \sin \alpha}{\cos \theta \cos \alpha}\)
tan θ + tan α = 1 – tan θ tan α
tan θ + tan θ tan α = 1 – tan α
tan θ (1 + tan α) = 1 – tan α
tan θ = \(\frac{1-\tan \alpha}{1+\tan \alpha}\)

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

Question 3.
(i) If tan θ = \(\frac{\cos 11^{\circ}+\sin 11^{\circ}}{\cos 11^{\circ}-\sin 11^{\circ}}\) and θ is the third quadrant find θ.
Solution:
Given tan θ = \(\frac{\cos 11^{\circ}+\sin 11^{\circ}}{\cos 11^{\circ}-\sin 11^{\circ}}\)
= \(\frac{1+\tan 11^{\circ}}{1-\tan 11^{\circ}}\)
= tan (45° + 11°)
= tan (56°)
tan θ = tan 56° = tan (180° + 50°) = tan 236°
∴ θ = 236°

(ii) If 0° < A, B < 90°, such that cos A = \(\frac{5}{13}\) and sin B = \(\frac{4}{5}\), find the value of sin(A – B).
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q3(ii)

(iii) What is the value of tan 20° + tan 40° + √3 tan 20° tan 40°?
Solution:
consider 20° + 40° = 60°
tan (20° + 40°) = tan 60°
\(\frac{\tan 20^{\circ}+\tan 40^{\circ}}{1-\tan 20^{\circ} \tan 40^{\circ}}\) = √3
tan 20° + tan 40° = √3 – √3 tan 20° tan 40°
tan 20° + tan 40° + √3 tan 20° tan 40° = √3

(iv) Find the value of tan 56° – tan 11° – tan 56° tan 11°.
Solution:
consider 56° – 11° = 45°
tan (56° – 11) = tan 45°
\(\frac{\tan 56^{\circ}-\tan 11^{\circ}}{1+\tan 56^{\circ} \tan 11^{\circ}}\) = 1
tan 56° – tan 11 ° = 1 + tan 56° tan 11°
tan 56° – tan 11° – tan 56° tan 11° = 1

(v) Evaluate \(\sum \frac{\sin (A+B) \sin (A-B)}{\cos ^{2} A \cos ^{2} B}\); if none of cos A, cos B, cos C is zero.
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q3(v)

(vi) Evaluate \(\sum \frac{\sin (C-A)}{\sin C \sin A}\) if none of sin A, sin B, sin C is zero.
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q3(vi)

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

Question 4.
Prove that
(i) cos 35° + cos 85° + cos 155° = 0
Solution:
cos 35° + cos 85° + cos 155°
= -cos 85° + 2 cos\(\left(\frac{35+155}{2}\right)\) cos\(\left(\frac{35-155}{2}\right)\)
= -cos 85° + 2 cos 85° \(\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
= -cos 85° + cos 85°
= 0

(ii) tan 72° = tan 18° + 2 tan 54°
Solution:
cos A – tan A = \(\frac{1}{\tan A}\) – tan A
= \(\frac{1-\tan ^{2} A}{\tan A}\)
= \(\frac{2\left(1-\tan ^{2} A\right)}{2 \tan A}\)
= \(\frac{2}{\tan 2 A}\)
= 2 cot 2A
cot A = tan A + 2 cot 2A
put A = 18
cot 18° = tan 18° + 2 cot 36°
cot (90° – 72°) = tan 18° + 2 cot (90° – 54°)
tan 72° = tan 18° + 2 tan 54°

(iii) sin 750° cos 480° + cos 120° cos 60° = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
Solution:
sin 750° = sin (2 × 360° + 30°)
= sin 30°
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
cos 480° = cos (360° + 120°)
= cos 120°
= \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
L.H.S. = sin 750° cos 480° + cos 120° cos 60°
= \(\frac{1}{2}\left(\frac{-1}{2}\right)+\left(\frac{-1}{2}\right)\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
= \(\frac{-1}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{-1}{2}\)

(iv) cos A + cos(\(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) – A) + cos(\(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) + A) = o
Solution:
cos A + cos(\(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) – A) + cos(\(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) + A)
= cos A + 2 cos \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) cos A (∵ cos(A + B) + cos(A – B) = 2 cos A cos B)
= cos A + 2\(\left(\frac{-1}{2}\right)\) cos A
= cos A – cos A
= 0

(v) cos2θ + cos2(\(\frac{2 \pi}{3}\) + θ) + cos2(\(\frac{2 \pi}{3}\) – θ)
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q4(v)

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

Question 5.
Evaluate
(i) \(\sin ^{2} 82 \frac{1}{2}^{\circ}-\sin ^{2} 22 \frac{1^{\circ}}{2}\)
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q5(i)
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q5(i).1

(ii) \(\cos ^{2} 112 \frac{1}{2}^{\circ}-\sin ^{2} 52 \frac{1}{2}^{\circ}\)
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q5(ii)

(iii) \(\sin ^{2}\left[\frac{\pi}{8}+\frac{A}{2}\right]-\sin ^{2}\left[\frac{\pi}{8}-\frac{A}{2}\right]\)
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q5(iii)

(iv) \(\cos ^{2} 52 \frac{1}{2}^{\circ}-\sin ^{2} 22 \frac{1}{2}^{\circ}\)
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q5(iv)

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

Question 6.
Find the minimum and maximum values of
(i) 3 cos x + 4 sin x
Solution:
a = 4, b = 3, c = 0
Minimum value = \(c-\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}=\sqrt{16+9}=-5\)
Maximum value = \(c+\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}=\sqrt{16+9}=5\)

(ii) sin 2x – cos 2x
Solution:
a = 1, b = -1, c = 0
minimum value = \(c-\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}=-\sqrt{1+1}\) = -√2
maximum value = \(c+\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}=\sqrt{1+1}=\sqrt{2}\)

Question 7.
Find the range of
(i) 7 cos x – 24 sin x + 5
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q7(i)

(ii) 13 cos x + 3√3 sin x – 4
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) I Q7(ii)

II.

Question 1.
(i) If cos α = \(\frac{-3}{5}\) and sin β = \(\frac{7}{25}\), where \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) < α < π and 0 < β < \(\frac{\pi}{2}\), then find the values of tan(α + β) and sin(α + β).
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(i)
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(i).1

(ii) If 0 < A < B < \(\frac{\pi}{4}\) and sin (A + B) = \(\frac{24}{25}\) and cos (A – B) = \(\frac{4}{5}\), then find the value of tan 2A.
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(ii)

(iii) If A + B, A are acute angles such that sin (A + B) = \(\frac{24}{25}\) and tan A = \(\frac{3}{4}\), then find the value of cos B.
Solution:
sin (A + B) = \(\frac{24}{25}\) and (A + B) is acute angle
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(iii)
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(iii).1

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

(iv) If tan α – tan β = m and cot α – cot β = n, then prove that cot (α – β) = \(\frac{1}{m}-\frac{1}{n}\)
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(iv)

(v) If tan (α – β) = \(\frac{7}{24}\) and tan α = \(\frac{4}{3}\), where α and β are in the first quadrant prove that α – β = \(\frac{\pi}{2}\).
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(v)
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q1(v).1

Question 2.
(i) Find the expansion of sin (A + B – C).
Solution:
sin (A + B – C) = sin [(A + B) – C]
= sin (A + B). cos C – cos (A + B) sin C
= (sin A cos B + cos A sin B) cos C – (cos A cos B – sin A sin B) sin C
= sin A cos B cos C + cos A sin B cos C – cos A cos B sin C + sin A sin B sin C

(ii) Find the expansion of cos (A – B – C).
Solution:
cos (A – B – C) = cos {(A – B) – C}
= cos (A – B) cos C + sin (A – B) sin C
= (cos A cos B + sin A sin B) cos C + (sin A cos B – cos A sin B) sin C
= cos A cos B cos C + sin A sin B cos C + sin A cos B sin C – cos A sin B sin C

(iii) In a ΔABC, A is obtuse. If sin A = \(\frac{3}{5}\) and sin B = \(\frac{5}{13}\), then show that sin C = \(\frac{16}{65}\)
Solution:
Given sin A = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
cos2A = 1 – sin2A
= 1 – \(\frac{9}{25}\)
= \(\frac{16}{25}\)
cos A = ±\(\frac{4}{5}\)
A is obtuse ⇒ 90° < A < 180°
A tan in II quadrant ⇒ cos A is negative
∴ cos A = \(\frac{-4}{5}\),
Given sin β = \(\frac{5}{13}\)
cos2β = 1 – sin2β
= 1 – \(\frac{25}{169}\)
= \(\frac{144}{169}\)
cos β = ±\(\frac{5}{13}\)
β is acute ⇒ cos β is possible
sin β = \(\frac{12}{13}\)
A + B + C = 180°
C = 180° – (A + B)
sin C = sin (180° – (A + B))
= sin (A + B)
= sin A cos B + cos A sin B
= \(\left(\frac{3}{5}\right)\left(\frac{12}{13}\right)+\left(\frac{-4}{5}\right)\left(\frac{5}{13}\right)\)
= \(\frac{36-20}{65}\)
= \(\frac{16}{65}\)
∴ sin C = \(\frac{16}{65}\)

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

(iv) If \(\frac{\sin (\alpha+\beta)}{\sin (\alpha-\beta)}=\frac{a+b}{a-b}\), then prove that tan β = ab tan α
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) II Q2(iv)

III.

Question 1.
(i) If A – B = \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\), then show that (1 – tan A) (1 + tan B) = 2.
Solution:
A – B = \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)
tan (A – B) = tan \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)
\(\frac{\tan A-\tan B}{1+\tan A \tan B}\) = -1
tan A – tan B = -1 – tan A tan B
1 = -tan A + tan B – tan A tan B
2 = 1 – tan A + tan B – tan A tan B
2 = (1 – tan A) – tan B (1 – tan A)
(1 – tan A) (1 – tan B) = 2

(ii) If A + B + C = \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) and none of A, B, C is an odd multiple of \(\frac{\pi}{2}\), then prove that
(a) cot A + cot B + cot C = cot A cot B cot C
(b) tan A tan B + tan B tan C + tan C tan A = 1 and hence, show that \(\sum \frac{\cos (B+C)}{\cos B \cos C}\) = 2
Solution:
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) III Q1(ii)
Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c) III Q1(ii).1

Question 2.
(i) Prove that sin2α + cos2(α + β) + 2 sin α sin β cos(α + β) is independent of α.
Solution:
sin2α + cos2(α + β) + 2 sin α cos (α + β)
= sin2α + cos(α + β) (cos(α + β) + 2 sin α sin β)
= sin2α + cos(α + β) (cos α cos β – sin α sin β + 2 sin α sin β)
= sin2α + cos(α + β) (cos α cos β + sin α sin β)
= sin2α + cos(α + β) cos(α – β)
= sin2α + cos2β – sin2α
= cos2β

Inter 1st Year Maths 1A Trigonometric Ratios up to Transformations Solutions Ex 6(c)

(ii) Prove that cos2(α – β) + cos2β – 2 cos(α – β) cos α cos β is independent of β.
Solution:
cos2(α – β) + cos2β – 2 cos (α – β) cos α cos β
= cos2(α – β) + cos2β – cos (α – β) [cos (α + β) + cos (α – β)]
= cos2(α – β) + cos2β – cos (α – β) cos (α + β) – cos2(α – β)
= cos2β – [cos2β – sin2α]
= cos2β – cos2β + sin2α
= sin2α

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Chapter 1 Diversity of Living World

Andhra Pradesh BIEAP AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Lesson 1 Diversity of Living World Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Lesson 1 Diversity of Living World

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Define the term metabolism. Give any one example.
Answer:
The sum total of all the chemical reactions occurring in the bodies of organisms constitutes metabolism.
Ex: Photosynthesis is one of the metabolic processes in living organisms.

Question 2.
How do you differentiate between growth in a living organism and a non-living object?
Answer:
Growth is one of the fundamental characteristics of living beings growth in living beings is growth from the inside, whereas growth in non-living things is by the accumulation of material on the surface.

Question 3.
What is biogenesis?
Answer:
Life comes only from life is called biogenesis. Living organisms produce young ones of their kind using molecules of heredity.

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Chapter 1 Diversity of Living World

Question 4.
Define the term histology. What is it otherwise called?
Answer:
Histology is the study of the microscopic structure of different tissues. It is also called Micro anatomy.

Question 5.
Distinguish between embryology and ethology.
Answer:
Embryology: It is the study of events that lead to fertilization, cleavages, early growth, and differentiation of a zygote into an embryo.
Ethology: The study of animal behaviour based on systematic observation, with special attention to physiological, ecological, and evolutionary aspects is called ethology.

Question 6.
In a given area, remains of animals that lived in the remote past are excavated for study. Which branch of science is it called?
Answer:
The branch of science Palaeontology deals with that. In a given area, remains of animals that lived in the remote past (fossilized remains) are excavated for study.

Question 7.
Zoos are tools for ‘classification’ Explain.
Answer:
Zoos are places where wild animals are taken out of their natural habitat and are placed in protected environments under human care. This enables us to learn about the animal’s external features, habits, behaviour, etc. These observations enable us to systematize the organism and position it in the animal world.

Question 8.
Where and how do we preserve skeletons of animals dry specimens etc?
Answer:
The Skeletons and dry specimens are preserved in Museums and are usually stuffed and preserved.

Question 9.
What is trinominal nomenclature? Give an example.
Answer:
The trinominal nomenclature is the extension of the binominal system of nomanclature. It permits the designation of subspecies with a three-worded name called ‘trinomen’.
Ex: Homo Sapiens Sapiens, Corvus splendns spelendns.

Question 10.
What is meant by tautonymy? Give two examples.
Answer:
The practice of naming animals or organisms, in which the generic name and species name are the same, is called Tautonymy.
Ex: Axis axis – spotted dear
Naja naja – The Indian Cobra

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Chapter 1 Diversity of Living World

Question 11.
Differentiate between Protostomia and Deuterostomia.
Answer:
Protostomia (Gr. mouth first) are the organisms in which blastopore develops into the mouth.
Deuterostomia (Gr. second mouth) are the organisms in which blastopore develops into the anus, the mouth is formed later.

Question 12.
‘Echinoderms are enterocoelomates’. Comment.
Answer:
The animals of phyla Echinodermata have a true coelom, which is an ‘enterocoel’. It is formed from the archenteron.

Question 13.
What does ICZN stand for?
Answer:
ICZN stands for ‘International Code of Zoological Nomenclature which specifies the mandatory rules to be followed for the naming of animals by the International congress (ICZ) in 1898.

Question 14.
Give the names of any four protostomian phyla.
Answer:
The phylum Platyhelminthes, Nematoda, Annelida, Arthropoda, and Mollusca are the protostomian phyla.

Question 15.
Nematoda is a protostomian but not a coelomate justify the statement.
Answer:
Animals of group Nematoda are protostomian but they have no true coelom/secondary body cavity as it is not lined by mesodermal epithelial layers. Pseudocoel is a remnant of the embryonic blastocoel. Hence they are protostonian. Pseudocoelomata, but not coelomates.

Question 16.
What is ecological diversity? Mention the different types of ecological diversities.
Answer:
Diversity at a higher level of organization, i.e., at the ecosystem level is called ‘Ecological diversity.
The other ecological diversities are Alpha, Beta, and Gama diversities.

Question 17.
Define species richness.
Answer:
The more the number of species in an area (unit area) the more species richness.

Question 18.
Mention any two products of medicinal importance obtained from Nature.
Answer:
Anticancer drugs Vinblastin from the plant Vinco rosa and Digitalin from the plant for gloves are obtained from nature.

Question 19.
Invasion of an Alien species leads to the extinction of native species. Justify this with two examples.
Answer:
When alien species are introduced into a habitat, they turn invasive and establish themselves at the cost of the native species.
Ex: Nail perch introduced into lake Victoria, in east Africa led to the extinction of 200 species of Cichlid fish in the lake. The illegal introduction of exotic African catfish for aquaculture purposes in posing a threat to the native catfish.

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Chapter 1 Diversity of Living World

Question 20.
List out any four sacred groves in India.
Answer:
The following are the Sacred Groves in India.

  1. Khasi and Jaintia Hills – Meghalaya
  2. Aravalli Hills – Rajasthan and Gujarat
  3. Western Ghat region – Karnataka and Maharashtra
  4. Sarguja, Bastar – Chhattisgarh
  5. Chanda – Madhya Pradesh

Question 21.
Write the full form of IUCN. In which book threatened species are enlisted.
Answer:
IUCN – International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources.
All the threatened species are enlisted in the Red Data Book Published by IUCN.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the phylogenetic system of biological classification.
Answer:
Phylogenetic classification is an evolutionary classification based on how a common ancestry was shared. Cladistic classification summarizes the ‘genetic distance’ between all species in this ‘Phylogenetic tree’. In Cladistic classification characters such as analogous characters (characters shared by a pair of organisms due to convergent evolution e.g. wings in sparrows and patagia (wing-like structures) in flying squirrels) and homologous characters (characters shared by a pair of organisms, inherited from a common ancestor e.g. wing of sparrows and finches) are taken into consideration. Ernst Haeckel introduced the method of representing Phylogeny by ‘tree’ branching diagrams.

Question 2.
Explain the hierarchy of classification.
Answer:
Human beings are not only interested in knowing more about different kinds of organisms and their diversities, but also the relationships among them. This branch of study is referred to as systematics. Systematics is the branch of science that deals with the vast diversity of life. It also reveals the trends and evolutionary relationships of different groups of organisms. These relationships establish the phylogeny of organisms. A key part of systematics is taxonomy. The taxonomic hierarchy includes seven obligate categories namely kingdom, phylum, class, order, family, genus, and species, and other intermediate categories such as subkingdom, grade, division, subdivision, subphylum, superclass, subclass, superorder, suborder, superfamily, subfamily, subspecies, etc.

Question 3.
What is meant by classification? Explain the need for classification.
Answer:
Classification is defined as the process by which anything is grouped into convenient categories based on some easily observable characteristics. It is impossible to study all living organisms. So, it is necessary to devise some means to make this possible. This process is called classification. The scientific term used for these categories is ‘TAXA’. Taxa can indicate categories at different levels, e.g. Animalia, Chordata, Mammalia, etc. represent taxa at different levels.

Hence based on characteristics, all living organisms can be classified into different taxa: This process of classification is called taxonomy. External and internal structures, along with the structure of cells, developmental processes, and ecological information of organisms are essential and they form the basis of modern taxonomic studies, Hence characterization, identification, nomenclature, and classification are the processes that are basic to taxonomy. To understand the interrelationships among the diversified animal groups, a systematic classification is necessary.

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Chapter 1 Diversity of Living World

Question 4.
Define species. Explain the various aspects of ‘species’.
Answer:
Species: Species is the ‘basic unit’ of classification. Species is a Latin word meaning ‘kind’ or ‘appearance’. John Ray in his book ‘Historia Generalis Plantarum’ used the term ‘species’ and described it on the basis of common descent (origin from common ancestors) as a group of morphologically similar organisms. Linnaeus considered species, in his book ‘Systema Naturae’, as the basic unit of classification. Buffon, in his book ‘Natural History, proposed the idea of the evolution of species which is the foundation for the biological concept of evolution. This biological concept of species (dynamic nature of species) became more popular with the publication of the book “The Origin of Species” by Charles Darwin.

Buffon’s biological concept of species explains that species is an interbreeding group of similar individuals sharing the common ‘gene pool’ and producing fertile offspring. Species is considered as a group of individuals which are:

  1. Reproductively isolated from the individuals of other species – a breeding unit.
  2. Sharing the same ecological niche – an ecological unit.
  3. Showing similarity in the karyotype – a genetic unit.
  4. Having similar structure and functional characteristics – an evolutionary unit.

Question 5.
What is genetic diversity and what are the different types of genetic diversity?
Answer:
Genetic diversity is the diversity of genes within a species. A single species may show high diversity at the genetic levels over its distributional range. For e.g. Rauwolfia vomitoria, a medical plant growing in the Himalayas ranges shows great genetic variation, which might be in terms of potency and concentration of the active chemical (reserpine extracted from it is used in treating high blood pressure) that the plant produces. India has more than 50,000 different strains of rice and 1,000 varieties of mangoes. Genetic diversity increases with environmental variability and is advantageous for its survival.

Question 6.
What are the reasons for greater biodiversity in the tropics?
Answer:
Reasons for greater biodiversity in the tropics:
Reason 1: Tropical latitudes have remained relatively undisturbed for millions of years and thus had a long ‘evolutionary time’. The as long duration available in this region for speciation led to species diversification. (Note: The temperate regions were subjected to frequent glaciations in the past).

Reason 2: Tropical climates are relatively more constant and predictable than that temperate regions. A constant environment promotes niche specialization (how an organism responds, and behaves with the environment and with other organisms of its biotic community) and this leads to greater species diversity.

Reason 3: Solar energy, resources like water, etc., are available in abundance in this region. They contribute to higher productivity in terms of food production, leading to greater diversity.

Question 7.
What is the ‘evil quartet’?
Answer:
The following are the ‘four major causes (The Evil Quartet) for accelerated rates of species extinction in the world.
Habitat loss and Fragmentation: These are the most important reasons for the loss of biodiversity.

  • Deforestation leads to species extinction in forests.
    e.g: tropical rainforests once covered 14% of the earth’s land surface now not more than 4%.
  • Conversion of forest land to agricultural land.
    e.g: the amazon rainforest, called the lungs of our planet, harbouring innumerable species is cut and cleared to cultivate soybeans or convert to grasslands for raising beef cattle.
  • Pollution enhances the degradation of habitats and threatens the survival of many species as pollutants change the quality of the environment.
  • Fragmentation of habitat leads to population decline.
    e.g: mammals and birds requiring large territories and certain animals with migratory habits are badly affected.

AP Inter 1st Year Zoology Study Material Chapter 1 Diversity of Living World

Question 8.
Explain in brief ‘Biodiversity Hot Spots’.
Answer:
Biodiversity hot spots: A Biodiversity hot spot is a Biogeographic Region that is both a significant reservoir of biodiversity and is threatened with destruction.
The concept of biodiversity originated from Norman Myers. There ate about 34 biodiversity hot spots in the world. As these regions are threatened by destruction habitat loss is accelerated.
e.g.: (I) the Western Ghats and Srilanka
(II) Indo Burma
(III) Himalayas in India.

Ecologically unique and biodiversity-rich regions are legally protected as in

  • Biosphere Reserves – 14
  • National Parks – 90
  • Sanctuaries – 448

Biosphere Reserves: An area that is set aside, minimally disturbed for the conservation of the resources of the biosphere is the ‘Biosphere reserve. The latest biosphere reserve (17th biosphere reserve in India) is Seshachalam hills.

National Parks: A National Park is a natural habitat strictly reserved for the protection of natural life. National Parks, across the country, offer a fascinating diversity of terrain, flora, and fauna. Some important National Parks in India are – Jim Corbett National Park (the first National Park in India located in Uttarakhand), Kaziranga National Park (Assam), Kasu Brahmananda Reddy National Park, MahavirHarinaVanasthali National Park (AP). Keoladeo Ghana National Park (Rajasthan), etc.

Sanctuaries: Specific endangered faunal species are well protected in wildlife sanctuaries which permits eco-tourism (as long as animal life is undisturbed). Some, important Sanctuaries in India (AP) include-Koringa Sanctuary, Eturnagaram Sanctuary, and Papikondalu Sanctuary.

Question 9.
Explain the ‘Rivet Popper’ hypothesis.
Answer:
What if we lose a few species? Will it affect man’s life? Paul Ehrlich experiments Rivet popper, hypothesis, taking an aeroplane as an ecosystem, explains how the removal of one by one ‘rivets’ (species of an ecosystem) of various parts can slowly damage the plane (ecosystem)-shows how important a ‘species’ is in the overall functioning of an ecosystem. Removing a rivet from a seat or some other relatively minor important parts may not damage the plane, but the removal of a rivet from a part supporting the wing can result in a crash. Likewise, the removal of a ‘critical species’ may affect the entire community and thus the entire ecosystem.

Question 10.
Write short notes on In-situ conservation.
Answer:
In-situ conservation (On-site conservation): In-situ conservation is the process of protecting an animal species in its natural habitat. The benefit is that it maintains recovering populations in the surrounding where they have developed their distinctive properties. Conservationists identified certain regions by the name ‘Biodiversity hot spots’ for maximum protection as they are characterized by very high levels of species richness & high degree of endemism. By definition ‘A biodiversity hot spot’ is a ‘Biogeographic Region’ with a significant reservoir of biodiversity that is under threat of extinction from humans. They are Earth’s biologically ‘richest’ and ‘most threatened’ Terrestrial Ecoregions.

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

SCERT AP Board 7th Class Telugu Guide Answers 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus 7th Class Telugu 4th Lesson Questions and Answers మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

7th Class Telugu 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు Textbook Questions and Answers

వినడం – ఆలోచించి మాట్లాడడం
AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు 1

ప్రశ్న 1.
చిత్రాన్ని గమనించండి. మాట్లాడండి.
జవాబు:
పై చిత్రంలో ఒకడు గొడ్డలితో చాలా చెట్లు కొట్టేశాడు. అతను ఒక పెద్ద చెట్టు క్రింద సేద దీరదామని వస్తున్నాడు. తనను కూడా నరికేస్తాడేమోనని పెద్దచెట్టు భయపడింది. తమ జాతికే చెందిన కర్రవెళ్లి గొడ్డలిలో దూరి అతనికి సహాయం చేస్తున్నందుకు ఆ కర్రవైపు పెద్దచెట్టు కోపంగా చూసింది. అతను పెద్ద చెట్టు నీడలో సేద దీరాడు. దాని పళ్లు తిన్నాడు. తను కూడా సహాయమే చేసినందుకు తనమీద తనకే అసహ్యం వేసింది. మళ్లీ ఆలోచించింది. తనను చంపడానికి వచ్చిన వారికి కూడా సహాయం చేసే గొప్ప వృక్షజాతిలో పుట్టినందుకు ఆనందించింది. సహాయం పొంది కూడా చంపడానికి గొడ్డలెత్తే మానవజాతి పై జాలి పడింది.

Improve Your Learning (అభ్యసనాన్ని మెరుగుపరచుకుందాం)

అవగాహన – ప్రతిస్పందన

ప్రశ్న 1.
చుట్టూ ఉన్న పరిసరాలలో మానవులకు మేలుచేసే చెట్లు/పక్షులు/జంతువులను గురించి వారి మాటల్లో చెప్పండి. (రాయండి)
జవాబు:
1) మేలు చేసే చెట్లు :
మేమందరం మేలు చేసే చెట్లమే. మీకు ‘నీడనిస్తాం. నిమ్మ, మామిడి, అరటి, కొబ్బరి, బొప్పాయి ఇలా ఎన్ని పేర్లని చెప్పుకోం. మేమంతా మానవులకు, పశువులకు, పక్షులకు, కీటకాలకి అంతెందుకు ఈ భూమి మీద బ్రతికే ప్రతి జీవికీ, ఆహారాన్ని ఇస్తాం. నీడ నిస్తాం. అన్ని జీవులూ మామీద ఆధారపడతాయి. కాని, మేమెవ్వరి మీదా ఆధారపడం, మేము సొంతంగా ఆహారం తయారుచేసుకొంటాం. గాలి, సూర్యకాంతి, మా ఆకులలోని పచ్చదనాన్ని ఉపయోగించుకొని, ఆహారాన్ని తయారుచేస్తాం. అది మీరు తింటారు. మీకు ఆక్సిజన్ అందించేది కూడా మేమే. మీరు మాకేమీ ఉపకారం చేయక్కర్లేదు. మాకు అపకారం తలపెట్టకండి చాలు. ఇప్పటికే సరైన గాలి, చల్లదనం, వర్షాలు లేక ఇబ్బందులు పడుతున్నారు. అయినా బుద్ధిలేదు. మమ్మల్ని బ్రతకనివ్వరు. మేం లేకపోతే మీ బ్రతుకు దుర్బరం. అది తెలుసుకోండి. ఐనా వినకపోతే మీ ఖర్మ. (ఈ విధంగా చెప్పండి)

2) పక్షులు :
ప్రకృతిలో మా పక్షుల కిలకిలలు .మీకు వీనుల విందు చేస్తాయి. మా బ్రతుకు మేం బతుకుతుంటే మమ్మల్ని మీరు బతకనివ్వటల్లేదు. మీ ఆహారం కోసం మమ్మల్ని చంపుకొని తింటున్నారు. అయినా సహించాం. మా జాతికి చెందిన కోడి మిమ్మల్ని నిద్ర లేపుతుంది. కోడికి పల్లెటూరి గడియారమని పేరు. కోడిని పకోడిగా చేసుకొని తినేస్తున్నారు. మీ రాక్షసానందం కోసం మా కాళ్లకు కత్తులు కట్టి పోరాటాలు పెడుతున్నారు. నెమలి పింఛం అంత అందమైనదేదీ ఈ సృష్టిలో లేదు. ఆ నెమలి కూడా మీకు బలైపోతుంది. కొంతమంది దయామూర్తులు పక్షి ప్రేమికులు మమ్మల్ని పెంచుతూ కాపాడుతున్నారు. మీ ఆనందం కోసం మమ్మల్ని బాధ పెట్టకండి. చంపకండి.

3) జంతువులు :
మేము జంతువులం. మా బాధ వర్ణనాతీతం. మా బాధలకు ఎక్కువగా కారణమయ్యేది మానవులే. మాలోని ఆవులు, గేదెలు, మేకలు మీకు త్రాగడానికి పాలనిస్తున్నాయి. మా పాలు తాగి బలం పొంది, మమ్మల్నే కోసుకొని తినేస్తున్నారు. మీ ఇళ్లలో పెళ్లి వచ్చినా, చావు వచ్చినా మాకు చావు తప్పదు. మాకు పులులు, సింహాలు కంటే కూడా మాన్క “తేనే భయం. పులులు, సింహాలకే మీరంటే భయం. మీ మూర్ఖత్వానికి మాలోనూ, పక్షులలోనూ కొన్ని రకాల జాతులు నశించిపోయాయి. అక్కడక్కడా జంతు ప్రేమికులుండబట్టి ఈ మాత్రమైనా బతుకుతున్నాం. లేకపోతే మాకసలు బతుకే లేదు.

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

ప్రశ్న 2.
మీరు చూసిన / విన్నటువంటి బాధ / సంతోషం గురించి మీ మాటల్లో చెప్పండి.
జవాబు:
నేను చూసిన బాధ :
ఒకసారి అమలాపురం దగ్గర ఉన్న ఒక గ్రామంలో గ్యాస్ లీకై మండిన సందర్భంలో చాలామంది శరీరాలు కాలిపోయాయి. ఒళ్లంతా కాలిపోయి మంటపుట్టి వాళ్లందరూ గోలగోలగా ఏడుస్తుంటే నాకూ ఏడుపొచ్చేసింది. చాలా సేపు ఏడ్చాను. మా అమ్మా, నాన్న ఎంత ఊరుకో పెట్టినా ఏడుపు ఆగలేదు. ఇది జరిగి చాలాకాలమైంది. కానీ, ఇప్పటికీ చలిమంటంటే కూడా నాకు భయమే.

నేను చూసిన సంతోషం :
మా అక్క లావణ్య పెళ్లి జరిగి రెండేళ్లయింది. మా ఇంటికి చాలామంది చుట్టాలు వచ్చారు. బోలెడన్ని పిండివంటలు చేసారు. ఎన్నో ఆటలు ఆడుకున్నాం. మా లావణ్యక్కను పెళ్లికూతుర్ని చేసిన రోజు అక్క చాలా సిగ్గుపడింది. ఆ సిగ్గు చూసి అందరూ ఒకటే నవ్వు. మా మాధురక్క ఐతే మరీ నవ్వేసింది. మా శివ బావగారు తెగ ఆటపట్టించారు. పెళ్లి పిలుపులకు, బ్యాండు మేళంతో ఊరంతా తిరిగాం. పెళ్లిలో కూడా మేమందరం చాలా ఆనందంగా తిరిగాం. మేమంతా పెళ్లి కొడుకైన సృజిత్ కు కారం కిళ్లీ ఇచ్చి ఏడిపించాం. ఆ పెళ్లి వేడుకలు నాకు చాలా సంతోషాన్నిచ్చాయి.

ప్రశ్న 3.
మఱ్ఱి చెట్టు నిస్వార్ధ బుద్ధితో పక్షులకు, మానవులకు ఎలాంటి సహాయాన్ని అందిస్తోందో మీ మాటల్లో చెప్పండి.
జవాబు:
మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు నిస్వార్థ బుద్ధితో మానవులకు, పక్షులకు ఆశ్రయం కల్పించింది. మానవులకు చెట్టు కింద నీడ నిచ్చింది. పక్షులు చెట్టుపైన గూళ్లు కట్టుకొని నివసించేలాగా ఆశ్రయం కల్పించింది.

ప్రశ్న 4.
కింది వచనం చదివి, ప్రశ్నలకు జవాబులు రాయండి.
స్వామి వివేకానంద అమెరికా, బ్రిటన్ వంటి సంపన్నదేశాలను దర్శించారు. భారతదేశానికి తిరిగి ప్రయాణమయినప్పుడు అక్కడి పత్రికా విలేఖరులు “మీ మాతృభూమి పట్ల మీ అభిప్రాయం ఏమిటి?” అని ప్రశ్నించారు. దానికి సమాధానంగా “భారతదేశాన్ని లోగడ ప్రేమించాను. కాని ఇప్పుడు భారతభూమిలోని ప్రతి ధూళికణం నాకు అత్యంత పవిత్రం. అది నాకొక తీర్థస్థానం” అని సగర్వంగా చెబుతారు. ఈ విధంగా కనిపించిన తల్లి మీద ఎలాంటి మాతృభావన ఉంటుందో మనకు జన్మభూమి అయిన భారతదేశం మీద కూడా అలాంటి మాతృభావన కలిగి ఉండాలనే ఉద్దేశాన్ని ప్రకటించారు.
ప్రశ్నలు:
1) వివేకానందుణ్ణి పరాయి దేశంలో పత్రికా విలేఖరులు ఏమని ప్రశ్నించారు?
జవాబు:
వివేకానందుని మాతృభూమి పట్ల ఆయన అభిప్రాయాన్ని గూర్చి పత్రికా విలేఖరులు ప్రశ్నించారు.

2) విలేఖరుల ప్రశ్నకు వివేకానందుడు ఏమని సమాధానం చెప్పారు?
జవాబు:
భారతదేశాన్ని గతంలో తాను ప్రేమించానన్నాడు. కాని ఇప్పుడు భారతభూమిలోని ప్రతి ధూళికణం తనకు అత్యంత పవిత్రమైనదని అన్నాడు. భారతదేశం తనకొక తీర్థ స్థానమని పత్రికా విలేఖరులకు వివేకానందుడు చెప్పాడు.

3) మాతృభావన ఎవరి యెడల కలిగి ఉండాలని ప్రకటించారు?
జవాబు:
మన జన్మభూమి అయిన భారతదేశం ఎడల మనం మాతృభావన కలిగి ఉండాలని వివేకానందుడు ప్రకటించాడు.

4) వచనాన్ని చదివి ‘శీర్షిక’ను నిర్ణయించండి.
జవాబు:
ఈ పేరాకు ‘వివేకానందుని వివేకం’ అనే శీర్షికను నిర్ణయించాను.

వ్యక్తీకరణ – సృజనాత్మకత

అ) కింది ప్రశ్నలకు నాలుగైదు వాక్యాలలో జవాబులు రాయండి.

ప్రశ్న 1.
మఱ్ఱి చెట్టు చెప్పిన నవ్వు తెప్పించే సంఘటన ఏది?
జవాబు:
మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు క్రింద కూర్చొన్న వాళ్లు చెట్టుపైన ఉన్న పక్షులను కొట్టేవారు. అది చూసి ఒక కాకి సహించలేకపోయింది. అది కూడా అదే చెట్టుపై గూడు కట్టుకొని ఉంటుంది. చెట్టు క్రింద కూర్చొని ఎవరైనా ఉత్సాహంగా, గొప్పగా, మాట్లాడుతుంటే సరిగ్గా గురి చూసి, అతనిపై కాకి రెట్ట వేసేది. అప్పుడతని వెర్రిమొహం చూసి అందరూ ఘోల్లున. నవ్వేవారు. ఈ లోగా కాకి ఎగిరిపోయేది. ఆ సంఘటనకు మఱ్ఱిచెట్టుకూ నవ్వు వచ్చేది.

ప్రశ్న 2.
పక్షి కథను గురించి మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు ఏమి చెప్పింది?
జవాబు:
ఒకరోజు పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడొకడు వచ్చాడు. భయంతో పక్షులన్నీ పారిపోయాయి. పిల్లలున్న ఆడపక్షులు మాత్రం పిల్లలను విడిచి వెళ్లలేక, గూళ్లలోనే కూర్చున్నాయి. పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడు గూళ్లను పొడుస్తాడని వాటికీ తెలుసు. కానీ, ఏం చేస్తాయి? పిల్లలను వదిలి వెళ్లలేక ఉండిపోయాయి.

ఒక పక్షి మాత్రం గూటిదాకా వెళ్లలేకపోయింది. ఒక కొమ్మను అంటిపెట్టుకొని కూర్చొంది. కొమ్మ చిన్నది. పక్షి పెద్దది. అందుచేత అది వేటగాడికి కనిపించింది. బాకు కట్టి ఉన్న పెద్ద వాసంతో పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడు దానిని పొడిచాడు. ఆ పక్షి కేరుమంది. దానిని బుట్టలో వేసుకొని వెళ్లిపోయాడు.

ప్రశ్న 3.
నరసింహులు బాల్యాన్ని గురించి మద్దిచెట్టు ఏమని నెమరువేసుకొంది?
జవాబు:
నరసింహులు గ్రామ సర్పంచ్. అతడు బాల్యంలో ఆకతాయితనంగా తిరిగేవాడు. చెరువులో ఈత కొట్టేవాడు. మఱ్ఱి చెట్టెక్కి కొమ్మలు విరిచేవాడు. గోలచేసేవాడు. చెట్టుపై ఉన్న పక్షులను తోలేసేవాడు. మరీ చిన్నప్పుడు బడి ఎగొట్టేవాడు. పలకా, పుస్తకాలతో తొర్రలో దాక్కొనేవాడు. ఊడలతో ఉయ్యాలలూగేవాడని అతని బాల్యాన్ని మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు గుర్తుచేసుకుంది.

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

ఆ) కింది ప్రశ్నలకు 8 నుండి 10 వాక్యాలలో జవాబులు రాయండి.

ప్రశ్న 1.
మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు హక్కులను గురించి మాట్లాడవలసి వచ్చిన సందర్భాన్ని వివరించండి.
జవాబు:
తన నీడను కూర్చొని మానవులు అస్తమానూ హక్కుల గురించి మాట్లాడుకొనేవారు. కొమ్మలను ఆశ్రయించుకొని బతుకుతున్న పక్షులను బాధించేవారు. అది తమ హక్కులా భావించేవారు. తనను అడగకుండానే తన నీడను చేరేవారు. హాయిగా సేదతీరేవారు. కబుర్లు చెప్పుకొనేవారు. కాని, పక్షులకూ హక్కులుంటాయని ఆలోచించరు. చెట్లకు హక్కులుంటాయని తెలుసుకోరు. వాటికున్న జీవించే హక్కును హరించే హక్కు తమకుందని భావించే మనుషుల ఆలోచనా ధోరణికి మజ్జి చెట్టుకు అసహ్యం వేసింది. అదే హక్కుల గురించి మాట్లాడవలసిన సందర్భంగా ఏర్పడింది.

ప్రశ్న 2.
మఱ్ఱి చెట్టు తనకు – గ్రామానికి ఉన్న సంబంధాన్ని చెప్పిన విధానాన్ని మీ మాటల్లో రాయండి.
జవాబు:
మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు గ్రామస్తులతో తనకు ఉన్న అనుబంధాన్ని చక్కగా చెప్పింది. గ్రామస్తులు చెప్పుకొనే సంగతులన్నీ తనకు తెలుసు. ఎవరికి వారే తామే ఉన్నామనుకొని రహస్యాలు చెప్పుకొనేవారట. తాము చెట్టు క్రింద నీడలో ఆశ్రయం. పొందుతూనే దానిమీద ఉన్న పక్షులను కొట్టేవారు. అది తమ హక్కుగా భావించేవారు. ఇవన్నీ మానవులలోని దుర్లక్షణాలు. వీటిని చక్కగా వివరించింది. పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడు ఒక పక్షిని చంపిన దృశ్యాన్ని కళ్లకు కట్టినట్లుగా వర్ణించి చెప్పింది. అది చాలా హృదయ విదారకమైన దృశ్యం.

పాతకాలంనాటి మనుషులకు ఈ రోజులలో మనుషులకు తేడాలను బాగా చెప్పింది. ఆ రోజులలో ఎవరైనా చెట్ల కొమ్మలు విరుస్తున్నా, పక్షులను, జంతువులను కొడుతున్నా చూసినవారు గదమాయించేవారు. నేటి రోజులలో ఆ పద్ధతి పోయింది. ఎవ్వరూ ఎవరినీ పట్టించుకోవడంలేదు.

చిన్నతనంలో నరసింహులు చేసిన అల్లరిని గుర్తు చేసుకొంది. అతను సర్పంచ్ అయినందుకు ఆనందించింది. కాని, అతను తనను నరకడానికి వచ్చాడని తెలిసి బాధపడింది. ఈ విధంగా ప్రతి విషయాన్నీ మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు చక్కగా వివరించింది.

ప్రశ్న 3.
మానవుల వలె చెట్లు / పక్షులు, జంతువులు మాట్లాడగలిగితే ఎలా ఉంటుందో మీ మాటల్లో వివరించండి.
జవాబు:
మానవుల వలే చెట్లు / పక్షులు / జంతువులు మాట్లాడగలిగితే అవి అనే మాటలకు మానవుడు ఈ భూమి మీద బతకలేడు. అతను చేసే అరాచకాలను ప్రకృతి ప్రశ్నించకే మూర్ఖుడిలా, ఉన్మాదిలాగా తయారయ్యాడు. కొన్నివేల హెక్టార్ల అడవులను మనిషి నాశనం చేశాడు. భూమండలం మీద కాలుష్యం పెంచాడు. ఆక్సిజన్ కొరత ఏర్పరిచాడు. వేడిని పెంచాడు. వర్షాలు రాకుండా చేశాడు. చెట్లు మాట్లాడితే ఈ అరాచకాలకు ఏనాడో అడ్డుకట్ట పడేది. భూలోకం స్వర్గలోకంలా ఉండేది.

ఆదిమానవుని కాలంలో పక్షులను, జంతువులను వేటాడి చంపాడు. ఆధునికుడయ్యాక పెంపకం పేరుతో చంపుతున్నాడు. అనేక పక్షి, జంతు జాతులు ఆనవాలు కూడా లేకుండా పోయాయి. ఎంకి పెళ్లి సుబ్బి చావుకు వచ్చినట్లు మానవుని నూతన ఆవిష్కరణలు, సైన్సు అభివృద్ధి పక్షుల, జంతువుల నాశనానికి వచ్చింది. అవి మాట్లాడితే భూమండలం కిలకిలలతో కలకలలాడుతూ ఉండేది.

భాషాంశాలు

అ) కింది వాక్యాలను చదివి గీత గీసిన పదాలకు అర్ధాన్ని రాయండి.
ఉదా : గాల్వన్ లోయలో కల్నల్ సంతోష్ బాబు ధైర్య సాహసాలకు చైనా సైన్యం విస్తుపోయింది.
విస్తుపోవు – ఆశ్చర్యపడు

1. జంతువులు, పక్షులు వంటి ప్రాణుల యెడల నిర్దాక్షిణ్యంగా ప్రవర్తించరాదు.
జవాబు:
నిర్దాక్షిణ్యం – దయలేకపోవడం

2. జడివానతో వీచే పెనుగాలి చెట్లను పెళ్ళగిస్తుంది.
జవాబు:
పెళ్ళగించు – పెకలించు

3. దండకారణ్యంలో రాముని సత్తువ రాక్షసులను వణికించింది.
జవాబు:
సత్తువ – బలం

4. 2025 నాటికి భారతదేశం ఇదమిద్ధంగా విశ్వగురుస్థానాన్ని చేరుతుంది.
జవాబు:
ఇదమిద్ధం – కచ్చితం

ఆ) కింది పదాలకు పర్యాయపదాలను పద విజ్ఞానం నుండి గ్రహించండి.

1. నెపం – కారణం, మిష
2. ఆశ్రయం – అండ, ఆలంబన
3. అపేక్ష – కాంక్ష, కోరిక

ఇ) కింది ప్రకృతి – వికృతులను జతపరచండి.

1. హృదయముఅ) సత్తువ
2. నిభఆ) ఎద
3. సత్వముఇ) పత్తనము
4. పట్టణముఈ) నెపము

జవాబు:

1. హృదయముఆ) ఎద
2. నిభఈ) నెపము
3. సత్వముఅ) సత్తువ
4. పట్టణముఇ) పత్తనము

ఈ) కింది పదాలకు సొంతవాక్య ప్రయోగం చేయండి.
ఉదా : సీత, సావిత్రి కబుర్లు చెప్పుకొంటున్నారు.

మనసులో పెట్టుకొను – తరతరాలు – విశ్రాంతి – చీటికీ మాటికీ – చూడముచ్చట – చెవిలో పడటం జ్ఞాపకం – అపేక్ష – ఆశ్రయం – అల్లాడిపోవు – అస్తమానం – మరుపుకురానంత – గొంతునులమటం – ఉయ్యాలలూగు – ఆగతాయి పనులు.
జవాబు:
1) మనసులో పెట్టుకొను = ఎవ్వరికీ చెప్పకపోవడం.
సొంతవాక్యం : మంచిని మనసులో పెట్టుకొని తిరిగి ఉపకారం చేయాలి.

2) తరతరాలు = వంశంలోని అనేకమంది.
సొంతవాక్యం : గాంధీజీని తరతరాలు గుర్తుపెట్టుకుంటారు.

3) విశ్రాంతి = విరామము
సొంతవాక్యం : విశ్రాంతి లేకుండా కష్టపడితే విజయం వరిస్తుంది.

4) చీటికీ మాటికీ = ఎక్కువసార్లు
సొంతవాక్యం : చీటికీ మాటికీ బడి మానేస్తే చదువురాదు కదా !

5) చూడముచ్చట = చూడడానికి అందంగా ఉండడం.
సొంతవాక్యం : చంటి పిల్లల అల్లరి చూడముచ్చటగా ఉంటుంది.

6) చెవిలో పడటం = వినబడటం
సొంతవాక్యం : మంచిమాటలు చెవిలో పడటం అదృష్టం.

7) జ్ఞాపకం = గుర్తు
సొంతవాక్యం : వృద్ధులకు చిన్నతనం జ్ఞాపకం వస్తుంటుంది.

8) అపేక్ష = కోరిక
సొంతవాక్యం : ధనం పైన మితిమీరిన అపేక్ష పనికిరాదు.

9) ఆశ్రయం = ఆలంబన
సొంతవాక్యం : పేదలకు ఆశ్రయం ఇవ్వాలి.

10) అల్లాడిపోవు = బాధపడు
సొంతవాక్యం : వేసవిలో నీరు దొరకక కొందరు అల్లాడిపోతారు.

11) అస్తమానం = పదేపదే
సొంతవాక్యం : అస్తమానం ఆడుకోకూడదు. చదువుకోవాలి.

12) మరుపుకురానంత = మరిచిపోలేనంత
సొంతవాక్యం : ఎవరి విజయం వారికి మరుపురానంత ఆనందం ఇస్తుంది.

13) గొంతునులమటం = పీకనొక్కడం, చంపడం
సొంతవాక్యం : ఎవ్వరినైనా గొంతునులమటం తప్పు, మహాపాపం.

14) ఉయ్యాలలూగు = హాయిని అనుభవించు
సొంతవాక్యం : పిల్లలు ఆనందంతో ఉయ్యాలలూగుతారు.

15) ఆగతాయి పనులు = అల్లరి పనులు
సొంతవాక్యం : ఆగతాయి పనులు చేస్తే అపఖ్యాతి వస్తుంది.

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

ఉ) కింది పదాలను ఏ అర్థంలో – సందర్భంలో ఉపయోగిస్తారో తెలుసుకోండి.
ఉదా : కాలక్షేపం : ‘సమయాన్ని వృథాగా గడుపుట’ అనే అర్థంలో ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

1) హృదయ విదారకం :
మనసుకు చాలా బాధ కలిగించేదానిని వివరించే సందర్భంలో ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

2) గుండెలు అలసిపోయేటట్టు :
విపరీతంగా ఏడుస్తున్న లేక బాధతో పరుగెడుతున్న సందర్భం వివరించేటపుడు ఇది ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

3) ముక్కు మీద వేలేసుకొను :
ఊహకందని పరిస్థితిని చూసి ఆశ్చర్యపడే వారి గురించి వివరించే సందర్భంలో ఇది ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

4) గుండె చెరువగు :
భరించలేనంత దుఃఖం కలిగిన దానిని గురించి వివరించే సందర్భంలో ఇది ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

5) హృదయం ముక్కలవడం :
అనుబంధానికి పూర్తి వ్యతిరేకంగా ఏదైన జరిగి బాధ కలిగిన సందర్భంలో వివరించేటపుడు ఇది ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

6) పొట్టన పెట్టుకును :
కాపాడగలిగీ కాపాడకుండా ఒకరి మరణానికి కారణమైన వారి గురించి వివరించే సందర్భంలో ఇది ఉపయోగిస్తారు.

వ్యాకరణాంశాలు

అ) కింది వాక్యాలు చదవండి.

1. వాల్మీకి సంస్కృతంలో రామాయణాన్ని రచించాడు.
2. వ్యాసుడు సంస్కృతంలో భారతాన్ని రచించాడు.
3. విశ్వనాథ సత్యనారాయణ తెలుగులో శ్రీమద్రామాయణ కల్పవృక్షాన్ని రచించాడు.
4. ఎర్రన తెలుగులో హరివంశాన్ని రచించాడు.
5. పోతన తెలుగులో భాగవతాన్ని రచించాడు.

ఆ) గీత గీసిన పదాలను విడదీసిరాయండి.
ఉదా : రామాయణాన్ని = రామాయణము + ని
1. భారతాన్ని = భారతము + ని
2. కల్పవృక్షాన్ని = కల్పవృక్షము + ని
3. హరివంశాన్ని = హరివంశము + ని
4. భాగవతాన్ని = భాగవతము + ని

పై ఉదాహరణల్లోని వాక్యాల్లో క్రియకు ముందు ఎవరిని / దేనిని / వేనిని అని ప్రశ్నిస్తే (వాల్మీకి సంస్కృతంలో దేనిని రచించారు?) వచ్చే సమాధానాన్ని ‘కర్మ’ అని చెప్పవచ్చు. అలాంటి పదాలకు చివర ద్వితీయా విభక్తి ప్రత్యయమైన ని/ను (రామాయణాన్ని) చేరటాన్ని గమనించవచ్చు.

సకర్మకం – లకర్మకం

ఇ) కింది వాక్యాలను చదవండి.

1. కౌసల్య రాముని చూసి సంతోషించింది.
2. సుమిత్ర లక్ష్మణుని ఆశీర్వదించింది.
3. కైకేయి భరతుని రాజుగా చూడదలచింది.
4. శత్రుఘ్నుడు శత్రువులను జయించగలడు.

పై ఉదాహరణల్లో క్రియకు ముందు ఎవరిని / దేనిని / వేనిని (కౌసల్య ఎవరిని చూసి సంతోషించింది) అనే పదాన్ని ఉంచినపుడు సమాధానం వస్తోంది. కనుక ఈ వాక్యాలను ‘సకర్మకాలు’ అంటారు.

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

ఈ) కింది వాక్యాలు చదవండి.

1. దశరథుడు మరణించాడు.
2. జటాయువు నేలకూలాడు.
3. సూర్యుడు ఉదయిస్తున్నాడు.
4. సంపాతి ఎగురుతున్నాడు.

పై ఉదాహరణల్లో క్రియకు ముందు దేనిని / వేనిని / ఎవరిని అనే పదాన్ని ఉంచినప్పుడు ఎలాంటి సమాధానం రావడం లేదు. అంటే ఈ వాక్యాలలో కర్మ లేదని అర్థం. కనుక పై వాక్యాలను ‘అకర్మకాలు’ అంటారు.

ఇత్వ సంధి

ఉ) కింది వాక్యాలను గమనించండి.

1. కొండపల్లి విహార యాత్రకు వెళ్లి ఏమేమి బొమ్మలు కొన్నారు?
2. ఏమంటివి? మంచిని పంచమంటివా?
3. వసతి గృహ విద్యార్థులు సంక్రాంతికింటికి వెళ్లాలని అనుకుంటున్నారు.
4. మంచినెంచు వారు మానవులే?
5. మంచి కొంచెం చేసినా పదింతలు ఫలితాన్ని ఇస్తుంది.
6. సిరిగల వానికెయ్యెడల చేసిన మేలు నిష్ఫలం బగున్.

ఊ) గీత గీసిన పదాలను విడదీయండి.
ఉదా : ఏమేమి = ఏమి + ఏమి (ఇది ఇత్వ సంధి కాదు. ఆమ్రేడిత సంధి)
1. ఏమంటివి = ఏమి + అంటివి
2. సంక్రాంతికింటికి = సంక్రాంతికిన్ + ఇంటికి
3. మంచినెంచు = మంచిని + ఎంచు
4. పదింతలు = పది + ఇంతలు
5. వానికెయ్యెడల = వానికిన్ + ఎయ్యెడల

పై ఉదాహరణలలో విడదీసిన పదాలలో పూర్వ స్వరంగా ‘ఇ’ కారం ఉంది. ఇలా పూర్వస్వరంగా ‘ఇ’ ఉండి దానికి ఏదైనా అచ్చు పరమైనపుడు జరిగే సంధి కార్యాన్ని “ఇకారసంధి” అంటారు. పైన 2వ, 5వ ఉదాహరణలలో విడదీసినపుడు సంక్రాంతికిన్, వానికిన్, అని ఉంది. రెండు పదాలలోనూ చివర “నకారపు పొల్లు” ఉంది కదా ! ‘నకారపు పొల్లు’ను ‘ద్రుతము’ అంటారు. ‘ద్రుతము’ అంటే (అవసరం లేకపోతే) కరిగిపోవునది అని అర్థం.

ఇక్కడ ఇత్వసంధి కలిసినపుడది ,కరిగిపోయింది. సంక్రాంతికింటికి, వానికెయ్యెడల అనే రూపాలేర్పడ్డాయి. ద్రుతము కరగకపోతే “సంక్రాంతికినింటికి, వానికి నెయ్యెడల” అనే రూపాలుకూడా ఏర్పడతాయని గ్రహించండి. ఇది వైకల్పిక సంధి కదా ! పైన చెప్పిన సంక్రాంతికి నింటికి, వానికి నెయ్యెడల అనేవి సంధి రానప్పటి రూపాలని గుర్తుంచుకోండి.

ఋ) కింది పదాలను విడదీయండి. పూర్వ స్వరాన్ని గమనించండి.

1. అమ్మగారింట్లో = అమ్మగారి + ఇంట్లో ‘8’లోని హ్రస్వ ఇకారం)
2. అత్తగారింట్లో – అత్తగారి + ఇంట్లో (‘8’లోని హ్రస్వ ఇకారం)
3. చేతికందెడు = చేతికి(న్) + అందెడు (‘కి’లోని హ్రస్వ ఇకారం)
4. చిన్నదైనా – చిన్నది + ఐనా (‘ది’లోని హ్రస్వ ఇకారం)
5. లేనిదంటు – లేనిది + అంటు (‘ది’లోని హ్రస్వ ఇకారం)

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

ఋ) కింది వాక్యాలను చదవండి. ‘కర్మ’ ను గుర్తించి గీత గీయండి.

1. నేను చెరువు గట్టునే పుట్టాను.
2. నేను దగ్గరలో ఉన్న ఆకులతో ఆమెను కప్పడానికి ప్రయత్నించాను.
3. పక్షి కేరుమని అరిచింది.
4. పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడు పక్షి కడుపును పొడిచాడు.
5. మర్రి చెట్టు పాలు, కాయలు ఎన్నో జబ్బులను నయం చేస్తవి.
6. మరునాడే వడ్రంగులను వెంటబెట్టుకొని వచ్చాడు.

ఎ) పై వాక్యాల నుండి సకర్మక – అకర్మక వాక్యాలను విడదీసి రాయండి.
సకర్మక వాక్యాలు :
1. నేను దగ్గరలో ఉన్న ఆకులతో ఆమెను కప్పడానికి ప్రయత్నించాను.
2. పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడు పక్షి కడుపును పొడిచాడు.
3. మర్రిచెట్టు పాలు, కాయలు ఎన్నో జబ్బులను నయం చేస్తవి.
4. మరునాడే వడ్రంగులను వెంటబెట్టుకొని వచ్చాడు.

అకర్మక వాక్యాలు :
1. నేను చెరువు గట్టునే పుట్టాను.
2. పక్షి కేరుమని అరిచింది.

ఏ) పాఠం ఆధారంగా కొన్ని సకర్మక వాక్యాలు గుర్తించండి. రాయండి.

  1. పై భాగాన్నంతా కట్టెల క్రింద కొట్టారు.
  2. ఆ రహస్యాలను మనసులో పెట్టుకొని ఉండేదాన్ని.
  3. అనేక విషయాలు చెప్పుకొంటూ ఉండేవారు.
  4. పులిజూదం ఆడుకొనేవారు.
  5. నేను గాలివీస్తూ ఉండేదానిని.
  6. నా మాట నిస్సంకోచంగా నమ్మవచ్చు.
  7. నా వేళ్లే నాకు ఆహారాన్ని సమకూర్చి పెట్టినై
  8. నా నీడన మనుష్యులు విశ్రాంతిని పొందుతారు.
  9. నా నీడన మనుష్యులు చల్లదనాన్ని అనుభవిస్తారు.
  10. కాకి గూడును కట్టుకొని ఉంది.

ఐ) పాఠం ఆధారంగా కొన్ని అకర్మక వాక్యాలు గుర్తించండి. రాయండి.

  1. ఆ కొమ్మను ఆకులు కూడా ఉన్నాయి.
  2. కొన్ని పక్షులు భయంతో లేచిపోయినై
  3. పిట్టలు కొట్టేవాడు క్రింద ఉన్నాడు.
  4. ఇదంతా చూస్తూ నిలబడిపోయాను నేను.
  5. ఆ పక్షి కొంచెం పెద్దది.
  6. రోజులలా మారినై.
  7. మానవుల దృష్టి మారిపోయింది.
  8. నరసింహులు మా గ్రామపంచాయితీ ప్రెసిడెంటు అయ్యాడు.
  9. నిన్న మొన్నటి వరకు ఆగతాయితనంగా తిరిగేవాడు.
  10. కాని, అతను అందుకు రాలేదు.

ప్రాజెక్టుపని

చుట్టూ వున్న పరిసరాలలో మానవులకు మేలు చేసే (వేప/రావి/తులసి/తుమ్మ ఏదైనా చెట్టు చిత్రాన్ని గీయండి. దాని గురించి రాయండి.
జవాబు:
వేప :
AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు 2
వేపచెట్టు ఆరోగ్య ప్రదాయిని. వేపచెట్టు గాలి తగిలితే ఊపిరితిత్తులకు సంబంధించిన రోగాలు నయమౌతాయి. వేపాకులు నీళ్లలో మరిగించి ఆ నీటితో స్నానం చేస్తే శరీరంపై దురదలు, దద్దుర్లు తగ్గుతాయి. వేప పుల్లతో పళ్లు తోముకుంటే పళ్లు గట్టిపడతాయి. పిప్పిపళ్లు, పుచ్చుపళ్లు వంటివి ఉండవు. పరగడుపున వేపచిగుళ్లు నమిలితే కడుపులో నులిపురుగులు పోతాయి. షుగరు వ్యాధి కూడా అదుపులో ఉంటుంది. వేప కలపను గుమ్మాలకు ఉపయోగిస్తారు. ఇన్ని ప్రయోజనాలు ఉన్నాయి. కనుకనే వేపచెట్టును అమ్మవారిగా పూజిస్తారు. ప్రదక్షిణలు చేస్తారు.

తులసి :
AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు 3
తులసి మొక్కను లక్ష్మీ స్వరూపంగా భావిస్తారు. ప్రతి ఇంటిలోను గుమ్మానికి ఎదురుగా తులసికోట కట్టుకొని, దానిలో తులసి మొక్కను వేసి భక్తి శ్రద్ధలతో పూజిస్తారు. తులసిమొక్కలు రెండు రకాలుగా ఉన్నాయి. ఒకటి విష్ణుతులసి, రెండవది లక్ష్మీ తులసి. విష్ణుతులసి కొంచెం నల్లగా ఉంటుంది. తులసి ఆకులను పూజలలో ఉపయోగిస్తారు. విష్ణువుకు తులసిమాలలు అలంకరిస్తారు. తులసి తీర్థం త్రాగి ఉపవాసం ప్రారంభిస్తారు. ఉపవాసం ముగించడానికి కూడా తులసి తీర్థం త్రాగుతారు.

మందుల తయారీలో ఎక్కువగా విష్ణు తులసిని ఉపయోగిస్తారు. తులసి ఆకుల రసం ఆయుర్వేదంలో వాడతారు. ఇంటి వైద్యంగా కూడా ఉపయోగిస్తారు. జలుబు, తలనొప్పి, పొట్టకు సంబంధించిన వ్యాధులు, వాపులు, గుండె . జబ్బులు, విషాహారాలు, మలేరియా వంటి చాలా రోగాలు నయం చేయడానికి తులసిని ఉపయోగిస్తారు. తులసిలో అధిక మోతాదులో యూజినాల్ ఉండడం వలన నొప్పిని కూడా తగ్గిస్తుంది. ఒక్కమాటలో తులసి మనపాలిట ఆరోగ్యలక్ష్మి.

సుభాషితం

మేలైనను గీడైనను
శీలవతీ ! మనుజుడెద్ది సేయు బరులకున్
వాలయంబుగ నది ఫల
కాలంబున గుడుచు వేరుగలుగదు చెపుమా !

భావం :
ఓ సదాచార సంపన్నురాలా ! మానవుడు ఇంకొకరికి మేలు చేసినా, కీడు చేసినా దానికి సంబంధించిన ఫలితాన్ని అనుభవించి తీరుతాడు. ఫలితం అనుభవించుటలో ఇంకో విధంగా జరగనే జరగదు.

ఉపాధ్యాయులకు సూచనలు

  1. ‘మాకూ ఉన్నాయి స్వగతాలు’ రచనను సేకరించండి. చదవండి.
  2. ‘నీతి చంద్రిక’ కథలను విద్యార్థులతో చదివించండి.

కవి పరిచయం

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు 4
రచయిత పేరు : త్రిపురనేని గోపీచంద్
జననం : కృష్ణాజిల్లా, అంగలూరులో 8. 9. 1910లో జన్మించారు.
తల్లిదండ్రులు : పున్నమాంబ, రామస్వామి చౌదరి.
చదువు : బి.ఎ. న్యాయవాద పట్టా (‘లా’ డిగ్రీ)
ఉద్యోగాలు : న్యాయవాది (కొంతకాలం), ఆంధ్రరాష్ట్ర సమాచారశాఖ డైరెక్టర్, ఆకాశవాణిలోనూ పనిచేశారు.

రచనలు :
ధర్మవడ్డీ, మమకారం, తండ్రులు – కొడుకులు, మాకూ ఉన్నాయి స్వగతాలు, పోస్టు చేయని ఉత్తరాలు మొదలైనవి.

అవార్డులు : వీరి రచన ‘పండిత పరమేశ్వర శాస్త్రి వీలునామా’కు కేంద్ర సాహిత్య అకాడమీ బహుమతి లభించింది. 8.9.2011న గోపీచంద్ శతజయంతి సందర్భంగా భారత ప్రభుత్వం తపాలాబిళ్ల విడుదల చేసింది.

ప్రత్యేకతలు :
గోపీచంద్ దర్శక నిర్మాతగా కొన్ని సినిమాలను నిర్మించారు. ఆయన జీవితమే ఒక చైతన్య కు స్రవంతి. ఆయన 2.11. 1962న స్వర్గస్తులయ్యారు.

పదాలు – అర్థాలు

1. నేనిప్పుడే……… జ్ఞాపకం వుంది.
అర్థాలు :
లాట్లు = పోగులు, గుట్టలు (వస్తువుల)
నాశనం = నిర్మూలనం
కబుర్లు = మాటలు
ముఖమార్జన = పళ్లుతోముకొని ముఖం శుభ్రం చేసుకోవడం
రహస్యాలు = మర్మాలు
చెవిలో పడడం = వినబడడం
గ్రామస్తులు = గ్రామంలోనివారు
కుర్రకారు = యువత
విస్తుపోవడం = ఆశ్చర్యపోవడం
పులిజూదం = పులి – మేక ఆట
అర్థించుట = యాచించుట
చీటికీమాటికీ = చాలాసార్లు
అపేక్ష = ఆశ, అభిమానం
విత్తు = విత్తనం
ఇదమిద్దంగా = కచ్చితంగా
ఆశ్రయం = అండ
కసి = కోపం
భేదం = తేడా
నిత్యం = ఎల్లప్పుడూ
ఏటికికోటికి = ఎప్పుడైనా
జ్ఞాపకం = గుర్తు
హృదయం ముక్కలవడం = మనసుకు చాలా బాధ కలగడం
దారుణం = ఘోరం
అవిసిపోవడం = పగిలిపోవడం

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

2. ఒకరిమీద ………… కూర్చున్నారంటారా?
అర్థాలు :
సత్తువ = బలం
నిమ్మ = చెమ్మ
కించిత్ = కొద్దిగా
స్వార్థం = కేవలం తన గురించి
స్వభావం = తన యొక్క ఆలోచన
ఇబ్బంది = అసౌకర్యం
అల్లాడు = గిలగిల లాడు, బాధపడు
ముక్కుమీద వేలు వేసుకోవడం = ఊహించని దాన్ని చూసి ఆశ్చర్యపోవడం
ఘోరాపచారం = దారుణమైన తప్పు

3. అవి రెట్టలు వేస్తున్నవంటారా? …………. ఆ పిట్టలవాడు.
అర్థాలు :
అనాకారపు పనులు = వికృత చేష్టలు
కశ్మలం = మలినము, మురికి
సంపర్కం = కలయిక
పట్టుబడడం = అలవడడం
హింసించటం = బాధపెట్టడం
హృదయం ద్రవించడం = చాలా బాధ కలగడం
పరిసరాలు = చుట్టుప్రక్కలు
అపాయం = ప్రమాదం
అలలు = కెరటాలు
ప్రాణాలు అరచేతిలో పెట్టుకోవడం = చాలా భయపడడం
పసిగట్టు = గ్రహించు
కొన = చివర
బాకు = కత్తి
వాసం = దూలం

4. ఇదంతా………. లూగుతుండేవాడు.
అర్థాలు :
నులమడం = నలపడం
పెల్లగించి = వెలికితీసి
స్పృహ = తెలివి
నిర్దాక్షిణ్యంగా = దయలేకుండా
పొట్టను పెట్టుకోవడం = చంపడం
దృష్టి = ఆలోచన
ఆగతాయితనంగా = అల్లరి చిల్లరగా, బాధ్యత లేకుండా

AP Board 7th Class Telugu Solutions 4th Lesson మఱ్ఱిచెట్టు

5. ఆ నరసింహులు ……. నా ధర్మం !
అర్ధాలు :
సన్మానం = సత్కారం
చూడముచ్చటగా = అందంగా
పురస్కరించి = గౌరవించి
పార్కు = ఉద్యానవనం
అభ్యుదయం = అభివృద్ధి
పంథా = మార్గం
జోహారు = నమస్కారము
అర్పించడం = ఇవ్వడం
గుండె చెరువవ్వడం = చాలా బాధ కలగడం
నిర్లక్ష్యం = పట్టించుకోకపోవడం
విస్తరి = భోజనం చేయడానికి ఉపయోగించే ఆకు
ఘనకార్యం = గొప్ప పని
వడ్రంగి = కర్రతో సామానులు చేసే వ్యక్తి
కుప్ప = పోగు
మొండము = కాండము
సమూలంగా = పూర్తిగా
కుళ్లగించు = పెల్లగించు, పెకలించు
కొన ఊపిరి = చివరి శ్వా స
రంగరించి = కలిపి

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

These AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics will help students prepare well for the exams.

AP Board 7th Class Science 11th Lesson Important Questions and Answers Fibres and Fabrics

Question 1.
What are animal fibers? Give examples.
Answer:

  1. The fabrics that are derived from animals are called animal fibres.
  2. Examples of animal fibres are silk and wool.

Question 2.
What are the sheep varieties from which we get fine quality wool?
Answer:

  1. Marino sheep is the world famous breed for wool rearing.
  2. Deccani sheep is reared for meat and wool in Andhra Pradesh.

Question 3.
Name the famous breeds of goats for obtaining wool.
Answer:

  1. Angora goat is world famous for it’s wool, known as Mohair.
  2. Cashmere is the goat variety which gives luxurious wool in India.

Question 4.
What jure the qualities of wool from camel?
Answer:

  1. Camel produce coarse hair when compared to other animals like sheep and goats.
  2. Though it is coarse, it has similar properties to wool. It is useful to make coats and blazers.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 5.
Where do people rear camels in India and why?
Answer:

  1. Camels are reared in Rajasthan, Haryana and Gujarat states.
  2. Camels are reared for milk, meat and wool.

Question 6.
Where do you find Yaks in India ? Why do people rear yaks?
Answer:

  1. Yaks are found in Ladhak in India and Tibet.
  2. Yaks are reared for milk, wool and meat.

Question 7.
How do we get colourful coats?
Answer:

  1. Angora is a breed of rabbits with soft and white hair.
  2. This fur is used to make colourful coats.

Question 8.
Name the animals which are reared in South America for yielding wool.
Answer:

  1. Alpaca and Lama are reared in South America for yielding wool.
  2. The wool derived from them is as fine as Mohair and is considered to be the best quality wool.

Question 9.
What is shearing?
Answer:
Removing fleece of animal along with the outer thin layer of skin is called shearing.

Question 10.
What is scouring?
Answer:
The removal of grease, dust and dirt from wool by washing the wool using detergents is called scouring.

Question 11.
How do we get colourful woolen clothes.?
Answer:

  1. We get colourful woolen clothes by the process of Dyeing.
  2. Fleece can be bleached to remove colours and then dyed in various colours.

Question 12.
What is carding? What is its use?
Answer:

  1. The process of wrapping the fleece between the two surfaces to make the fibre into a fluffy roll is called carding.
  2. It removes twigs and stings from fleece and make the wool into a fluffy mass.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 13.
What is spinning of wool?
Answer:
The process of winding together the fibres to form a yarn is called Spinning.

Question 14.
What is knitting?
Answer:

  1. The process of making woolen garment is known as knitting.
  2. Machines are. also used in making woolen garment.

Question 15.
What do you know about Parla village?
Answer:

  1. Parla, a village located just 20 kms away from the Kurnool.
  2. It is famous for fine quality woolen carpets.
  3. Rearing sheep and making carpets is being practiced by the villagers for centuries as cottage industry.

Question 16.
What is cocoon?
Answer:

  1. Soon after, silk worm completely covers its body with silk fibre. This looks like a capsule.
  2. This capsule like structure formed now is called a cocoon.

Question 17.
What is sericulture? What is the position of Andhra Pradesh in the production of silk?
Answer:

  1. Rearing of silk worms for obtaining silk is known as sericulture.
  2. A.P. stood in second place in the production of silk in our country.

Question 18.
How can you say that sericulture is an Agro-based industry?
Answer:

  1. Silk worms prefer to eat mulberry leaves.
  2. So, mulberry crop is cultivated by farmers who run Agro-based Industry.

Question 19.
What are Chandrikalu?
Answer:
The specialized cane structures where larvae of silk worms are kept along with mulberry leaves are called Chandrikalu.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 20.
What is stifling? What is its use?
Answer:

  1. The process of killing larvae inside the cocoon by putting them in steam is called stifling.
  2. Stifling of cocoons provides better quality silk fabric. They can also be stored for a longer period and can be sold in market.

Question 21.
What is reeling of silk?
Answer:
The process of extracting threads from cocoons is called Reeling.

Question 22.
Mention the different varieties of silk.
Answer:
1) Mulberry silk 2) Eri silk 3) Muga silk 4) Tasar silk are the different varieties of silk obtained by different types of moths.

Question 23.
Silk obtained from wild varieties requires spinning. What is the reason for that?
Answer:

  1. Silk threads obtained from wild varieties of silk moths are coarse and less lustrous.
  2. Spinning is required as the threads obtained from the opened cocoons of wild silk moths is not continuous.

Question 24.
What is the silk city of Andhra Pradesh?
Answer:
Dharmavaram of Anantapur district is known as silk city of Andhra Pradesh.

Question 25.
Why should we wear clothes made of natural fibres?
Answer:
Wearing clothes made of natural fibres not only reflects our traditions and culture but also eco – friendly and helping hand to the weavers too.

Question 26.
Why silk is widely used as surgkal sutures?
Answer:

  1. Surgical sutures are used to hold tissues together after a surgery and even for deep cuts.
  2. Silk is widely used as sutures as it is easy to stitch and remove it due to its texture.

Question 27.
What are synthetic fibres? Give examples.
Answer:

  1. Synthetic fibres are the fibres that are made of chemicals obtained from wood pulp or petroleum.
  2. Examples are Acrylic, Rayon, Nylon, Polyster.

Question 28.
What do you know about Rayon?
Answer:

  1. Rayon is also known as ‘artificial silk’ as the texture of fabric prepared by Rayon is just like silk.
  2. Rayon is made from pulp.

Question 29.
The production of Nylon and Polyester leads to environmental pollution. Why?
Answer:

  1. Even after their disposal, they won’t mix in soil. They cause soil pollution as they made of chemicals.
  2. Recycling is the only solution to reduce the adverse effects caused by synthetic fibres.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 30.
Woolen clothes should be washed only after 4 to 5 wearings only. Why?
Answer:

  1. It is because frequent washes may loosen the firmness of knitting resulting in loss of shape of fabric.
  2. Even after washing, woolen clothes should not be squeezed.

Question 31.
Where do we find sheep or goat that give us wool?
Answer:
In Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Arunachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Haryana, Punjab, Rajasthan and Gujarat. They are often reared on large farms.

Question 32.
What is roiling?
Answer:

  1. The process of removal of shrinkage from silk clothes is called rolling.
  2. It is the only method to remove shrinkage from silk clothes.

Question 33.
Why do people prefer to wear artificial fibres?
Answer:

  1. Maintenance of clothes made of artificial fibres is comparatively easier.
  2. They are cheaper and durable.
  3. Hence, people prefer to wear artificial fibres.

Question 34.
What does the term ‘Thermoplastic’ mean?
Answer:

  1. Thermoplastic means becomes soft on absorbing heat.
  2. Artificial fibres are thermoplastic in nature.

Question 35.
Why are artificial fibres are not friendly to skin?
Answer:

  1. Artificial fibres are generally made of chemicals.
  2. Generally they are toxins. So, they mostly cause skin allergies.

Question 36.
Which type of fabrics are suitable for wearing masks to protect ourselves from COVID-19?
Answer:

  1. WHO recommended three layered cotton mask to protect ourselves from COVID-19.
  2. Masks made of natural fabric avoid skin allergies and itching caused by long time usage.

Question 37.
“Natural fabrics are symbols of aesthetic sense” – said Sravya. Do you agree this statement? Why?
Answer:

  1. Yes, I agree with the Sravya’s statement.
  2. Because the beauty, lustre and fine texture make them a symbol of aesthetic sense and pious feeling.

Question 38.
When do we wear cotton and woolen clothes in our daily life?
Answer:

  1. We wear cotton clothes during summer to avoid heat. We feel cool after wearing the cotton clothes.
  2. We buy and wear woolen clothes specially for winter.

Question 39.
What should be used in diapers and sanitary napkins in place of synthetic materials?
Answer:

  1. If we use synthetic materials they may cause allergies on long term usage as they are made of harmful chemicals. They are harmful to environment also.
  2. So, we should use skin friendly, eco-friendly liquid absorbent materials like cotton, banana or bamboo fibres, and water proof cotton like canvas to be used in diapers and sanitary napkins.

Question 40.
Fill up the blank and give your reasons for the statement.
………….. fabric protect us from cold.
Answer:
Woolen fabric protect us from cold. Because wool is a poor conductor of heat. Air trapped in between the woolen fibres and our body prevents the flow of heat from our body to surroundings.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 41.
What are the differences between fleece of Angora goat and Camel?
Answer:

Angora goat fleeceCamel fleece
1) Angora goat live in Kashmir.1) Camel live in Rajasthan.
2) Angora goat have soft hair.2) Camels have rough and coarse hair.

7th Class Science 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics Short Questions and Answers

Question 1.
How are we protected from heat and cold by wool?
Answer:

  1. Wool is a poor conductor of heat. Air trapped in between the woolen fibres and our body prevents the flow of heat from our body to our surroundings.
  2. So we feel hot and are protected from cold.
  3. Woolen cloth also helps to do use fire.
  4. That is why it is good to wrap a person, who is caught in fire, with a blanket.

Question 2.
Write a brief note on Ahimsa Silk?
Answer:

  1. Ahimsa silk is the silk obtained in non-violent way of silkworm breeding.
  2. In this method of preparation of silk fibre, the pupa of silk moth is allowed to hatch and the leftover cocoon is then used to derive silk.
  3. This method was introduced and followed by Kusuma Rajaiaha, handloom technologist and former employee in A.R Handloom Department.

Question 3.
What are the silk cities of India? Why are they called so?
Answer:

  1. Dharmavaram of Anantapuram district in A.R
  2. Ramanagara – Karnataka
  3. Surat – Gujarat
  4. Chanderi – Madhya Pradesh
  5. Kanchipuram – Tamil Nadu
  6. Pochampalli – Telangana
  7. aranasi – Uttar Pradesh

are known as ‘silk cities of India’, because of the high quality silk weaving industries established over there.

Question 4.
Write a brief note on Tasar Silk.
Answer:

  1. Tasar silk is a variety of popular wild silk.
  2. It is obtained from ‘Antheraea mylitta’.
  3. This moth is generally grows on Arjuna and Sal trees of deep forests, in agency areas of East Godavari district.
  4. Tribals collect cocoons and sell them in the market.

Question 5.
Write a short note on ‘Acrylic’?
Answer:

  1. We wear sweaters and use shawls or blankets in winter.
  2. Many of them are not usually made of natural wool.
  3. These are prepared from a synthetic fibre called Acrylic.
  4. Acrylic resembles wool in all aspects through available in cheaper price.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 6.
How should we protect silk and woolen fabrics from attacks of insects?
Answer:

  1. Insects can readily feed on the protein substance present in fibres.
  2. So, we should protect silk and wool fabrics by placing phenolphthalein ball which have strong fragrance.
  3. Boric acid, fragrant oils like sandal oil and lavender oil can successfully repel the insects.
  4. By keeping these substances between the clothes we can protect silk and woolen clothes from insects.

Question 7.
Write a brief note on Nylon.
Answer:

  1. Nylon is the first fully synthetic fibre manufactured in 1931.
  2. It was prepared from coal and water.
  3. Nylon fibre is strong, elastic and light.
  4. Socks, ropes, tooth brush bristles, tents are made from Nylon.
  5. It is also used for making strong ropes for parachutes and those used for rock climbing.

Question 8.
Write a short note on polyester.
Answer:

  1. Polyester does not get wrinkled easily.
  2. Shirts and other common dresses commonly worn by people are made from polyester.
  3. Terylene is a type of polyester used for sarees and dress materials.

Question 9.
What are the qualities of artificial fabrics?
(OR)
Why do most of the people prefer to wear artificial fabrics?
Answer:

  1. Artificial fibres are light, soft and smooth.
  2. They are more durable when compared to natural fabrics.
  3. Maintenance of these fabrics is relatively easier.
  4. These are available in cheaper price as their production is quite abundant and economical.

Question 10.
How do you remove shrinkage of silk sarees?
Answer:

  1. To remove shrinkage silk sarees are being wrapped around a uniform wooden lag.
  2. It is kept dried for six to eight hours.
  3. Then they are allowed to steam iron.
  4. This process of removal of shrinkage from silk clothes is called ‘Rolling’.

Question 11.
Explain the process of sorting wool.
Answer:

  1. People sorting coarse and soft ones as well as broken and long ones and making separate piles of them.
  2. Unwanted materials like twigs or bits of leaves etc., that may be present with the wool are also separated out.
  3. This process is called sorting or wool classing. Fleece is the soft mass of wool.

7th Class Science 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics Long Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Mention the details of district wise sericulture units established in A.P..
(OR)
Give the details of sericulture units established in the districts of Andhra Pradesh.
Answer:

Name of the DistrictRegion where Sericulture units are established
1. SrikakulamLaveru, Etcherla
2. VijayanagaramNellimerla
3. VisakhapatnamPaderu
4. East GodavariKakinada,Chebrolu, Gollaprolu
5. West GodavariVijayarai
6. KrishnaGhantasala
7. GunturPedakakani, Bollapalli, Tadikonda
8. PrakasamGiddaluru, Cumbham
9. NelloreMarripadu, Kaligiri.Rapuru
10. ChittoorPalamaneru, Madanapalle, Kuppam
11. KadapaChennuru
12. KurnoolAtmakur, Kothapalle, Pathikonda, Nandyala
13. AnanthapuramHindupur, Kadiri, Penugonda

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 2.
How do you feel after wearing the fabrics made with natural fibres?
Answer:

  1. We wear silk fabrics during special occasions like marriages, dinners etc. their beauty, lustre and fine texture make thefti a symbol of aesthetic sense and pious feeling.
  2. We feel cool when we wear cotton clothes during summer.
  3. We buy woolen clothes specially for winter.
  4. Wearing clothes of natural fibres not only reflects our traditions and cultures but also eco-friendly and helping hand to the weavers too.

Question 3.
Radha wants to buy a silk saree. She wanted to know the purity of silk thread. She wanted to test silk fibre by burning. What procedure she would under take and which of the features would she observe while burning the silk thread of the saree?
Answer:

  1. Get some threads of silk from a textile shop or a tailor shop.
  2. Burn them on a candle flame.
  3. Observe the flame and fumes coming from the fibres.

Observations:

  1. Silk fibres burn slowly but not continuously when compared to plant fibres.
  2. Silk fibres release fumes emitting the smell of burning hair or meat.
  3. The ashes formed are black in colour and appear as beads and can be made as powder.

Inference: If all the above features are observed while burning the silk fibres, we can confirm that the tested fibres are pure silk fibres.

Question 4.
Write the differences between artificial fibres and natural fibres.
Answer:

Artificial fibresNatural fibres
1) These are made from chemicals.1) These are obtained from plants and animals.
2) These absorb less water.2) They absorb more water.
3) These quickly dry off.3) These dry off slowly.
4) These doesn’t wrinkle easily after washing.4) These easily wrinkle after washing.
5) These are more durable when compared to natural fibres.5) These are less durable when compared to artificial fibres.
6) Maintenance is easier.6) Maintenance should be done carefully.
7) These are available in cheaper price.7) These are costlier when compared to artificial fibres.
8) Their production is abundant.8) Their production is scarce.
9) These are economical.9) These are expensive.
10) These are not ecofriendly.10) These are eco friendly.

Quesition 5.
Write a short note on synthetic fibres.
Answer:
Synthetic fabrics are made of chemical obtained from wood pulp and petroleum. The uses of some of the synthetic fibres are as follows :
1) Acrylic:
i) This resembles wool in all aspects. It is available in cheaper price.
ii) It is used to make sweaters and shawls or blankets in winter season.

2) Rayon:
i) It is known as artificial silk. It is made from wood pulp.
ii) Fabrics made with rayon resembles silk in their texture.

3) Nylon :
i) The first synthetic fibre made in 1931, known for its strength, elastic nature and light in weight.
ii) It is used to make socks, ropes, tooth brush bristles and tents.
iii) Strong ropes are made from Nylon, which are used in making of parachutes and rock climbing. It is prepared from coal and water.

4) Polyester:
i) It is widely used in manufacturing pants, shirts, dresses etc.
ii) It does not shrink after washing easily.
iii) Terelene is also a type of polyester used to make sarees and dress materials.

Question 6.
Write 5 differences between wool and silk manufacturing.
Answer:

SilkWool
1) The silk yarn is obtained from the cocoon of the silk moth.1) The fleece of the sheep along with a thin layer of skin is removed from its body. This process is called shearing.
2) For obtaining silk, moths are reared and their cocoons are collected to get silk thread.2) The sheared skin with hair is thoroughly washed in tanks to remove grease, dust and dirt. This is called scouring.
3) The process of taking out threads from the cocoon for use as silk is called reeling the silk.3) The hairy skin is sent to a factory where hair of different textures are separated.
4) Tasar, Mooga, Kosa etc., are different varieties of silk.4) The small fluffy fibres called burrs are picked out from the hair.
5) Silk fibres obtained by reeling the spun into silk threads, which are woven into silk cloth by the weavers.5) Fibres are straightened, combed and rolled into yarn. The longer fibres are made into wool for sweaters and the shorter fibres are spun and woven into woolen cloth.

Question 7.
Do you find any similarities between silk and wool weaving ? What are they ?
Answer:

  1. Both silk and wool weaving is done on power looms as well as on handlooms.
  2. Woolen threads are ,stretched from the top of the loom to the bottom. These are called warp threads.
  3. The threads that go side to side are weft threads.
  4. A shuttle like a big needle takes the weft threads over and under warp threads.
  5. One more important part of the loom is the harness.
  6. The harness lifts every other warp thread so that the weft threads go over one and under the next.
  7. All types of yarn whether cotton or silk or wool etc. are woven in this manner.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

Question 8.
If you are going to visit Dal lake at Kashmir which type of clothes would you like to keep in your luggage? Why?
Answer:

  1. In Kashmir, it would be very cold.
  2. Unless one wears clothes to protect himself from this chill weather, It becomes difficult to carry on with the day to day activities.
  3. Woolen clothes protect from chill weather.
  4. The gap between the threads of the woolen cloth is filled with air.
  5. Air and wool are bad conductors of heat. –
  6. Woolen clothes are best to wear in Kashmir.
  7. So I keep woolen clothes in my luggage when l am going to visit Kashmir.

AP Board 7th Class Science 11th Lesson 1 Mark Bits Questions and Answers Fibres and Fabrics

I. Multiple Choice Questions

Choose the correct answer and write its letters in the brackets.

1. Wool and silk fabrics are derived from
A) plants
B) animals
C) chemical
D) plants and animals
Answer:
B) animals

2. Which of the following is the common vafriety reared for meat and wool in Andhra Pradesh and Telangana and Karnataka?
A) Marino
B) Deccani
C) Angora
D) Cashmere
Answer:
B) Deccani

3. Which is the main source of wool production in Andhra Pradesh?
A) Sheep
B) Goat
C) Camel
D) Rabbit
Answer:
A) Sheep

4. Which gives luxurious wool in India?
A) Marino
B) Deccani
C) Angora
D) Cashmere
Answer:
D) Cashmere

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

5. Which is used to make wool?
A) Long hair
B) Outer long hair
C) Fleece
D) All of the above
Answer:
C) Fleece

6. How many stages are there in the process involved in manufacturing of woolen threads?
A) 4 stages
B) 5 stages
C) 6 stages
D) 8 stages
Answer:
C) 6 stages

7. Removing fleece of animal along with the outer thin layer of skin is called
A) Shearing
B) Scouring
C) Carding
D) Combing
Answer:
A) Shearing

8. The process of wrapping the fleece between the two surfaces to make the fibre into a fluffy roll is called ……………….
A) Shearing
B) Scouring
C) Carding
D) Combing
Answer:
C) Carding

9. Process of winding together the fibres to form a yarn is called ………………
A) Dyeing
B) Sorting
C) Carding
D) Spinning
Answer:
D) Spinning

10. Which stages is important of silkmoth for obtaining silk?
A) Egg
B) Larva
C) Pupa
D) Imago
Answer:
B) Larva

11. These are called silk worms.
A) Silk moths
B) Caterpillars
C) Imagoes
D) Pupas
Answer:
B) Caterpillars

12. Larva undergo changes and turns into an adult moth after
A) 10 days
B) 30 – 35 days
C) 10 – 12 days
D) 15 – 20 days
Answer:
C) 10 – 12 days

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

13. The place of Andhra Pradesh in the production of silk in the country is
A) First
B) Second
C) Third
D) Tifth
Answer:
B) Second

14. How much yarn can be yield by one cocoon?
A) 100 – 500 meters
B) 500 – 1000 meters
C) 500 – 1500 meters
D) 500 – 2000 meters
Answer:
C) 500 – 1500 meters

15. Which of the following is not a silk city in India?
A) Ramanagara
B) Surat
C) Pochampalli
D) Dharmagiri
Answer:
D) Dharmagiri

→ Look at the following flow chart and answer the questions 16 to 18.
AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics 1

16. Which of the following correctly represents A,B and C respectively?
A) A – Cotton fibre, B – Silk worm, C – Woolly dog
B) A – Jute fibre, B – Cocoon, C – Silk moth
C) A – Silk fibre, B – Tasar, C – Sheep
D) A – Synthetic fibre, B – Khadi, C – Sheep
Answer:
C) A – Silk fibre, B – Tasar, C – Sheep

17. Which of the following is not an application of ‘A’?
A) Clothing
B) Interior decoration
C) Painting
D) Construction
Answer:
D) Construction

18. Which of the following is related to ‘C’?
A) Angora
B) Marino
C) Mohair
D) Cashmere
Answer:
B) Marino

19. Assertion (A) : Scouring is the process of washing sheared fleece in hot water, detergent and alkali in tank
Reason (R) : Scouring removes dirt, grass and grease
A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
C) A is true but R is false.
D) A is false but R is true.
Answer:
A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

20. Look at the figures given below. These figures show different steps in the production of wool A number from (I) to (vi) is written in each block. Find the correct order of figures.
AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics 2
A) (vi), (ii), (iv), (v), (iii), (i)
B) (vi), (v), (ii), (iv), (iii), (i)
C) (v), (vi), (iii), (ii), (iv), (i)
D) (vi), (iii), (ii), (iv), (i), (v)
Answer:
B) (vi), (v), (ii), (iv), (iii), (i)

21. A female moth lays around …………… of eggs.
A) tens
B) hundreds
C) thousands
D) lakhs
Answer:
B) hundreds

22. The cocoons have to be stiffled to kill …………… inside.
A) Eggs
B) Larva
C) Pupa
D) The worm
Answer:
B) Larva

23. Food for silk worms.
A) Mulberry leaves
B) Mango leaves
C) Coconut leaves
D) Jasmine leaves
Answer:
A) Mulberry leaves

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

24. The hair of animals collectively called
A) Fur
B) Skin
C) Fibre
D) None
Answer:
A) Fur

25. Fleece of sheep is removed from its body during …………… season.
A) Winter
B) Summer
C) Rainy
D) Spring
Answer:
D) Spring

26. After washing, …………… is passed over the wool to make it softer.
A) Steam
B) Grease
C) Cool air
D) Hot air
Answer:
C) Cool air

27. Silk is mainly
A) Carbohydrate
B) Worms
C) Protein
D) Cocoon
Answer:
C) Protein

28. The capsule like structure formed is known as ……………
A) Embryo
B) Larvae
C) Seeds
D) Cocoon
Answer:
D) Cocoon

29. Moths are also called ……………
A) Bombyx mori
B) Insects
C) Butterfly
D) Honey bee
Answer:
A) Bombyx mori

30. ………….. district is a silk city of Andhra Pradesh.
A) Guntur
B) Anantapuram
C) Kurnool
D) Krishna
Answer:
B) Anantapuram

31. Caterpillars feed bv leaves.
A) Grass
B) Leaves
C) Cocoon
D) Mulberry leaves
Answer:
D) Mulberry leaves

32. Chandrikalu means …………… .
A) Cane frames
B) Glass tubs
C) Cocoons
D) Mulberry huts
Answer:
A) Cane frames

33. Pupa stops eating after
A) 25 – 30 days
B) 30 – 35 days
C) 40 days
D) 10-12 days
Answer:
B) 30 – 35 days

34. Caterpillar secretes …………… substance.
A) Fibre
B) Cellulose
C) Starch
D) All the above
Answer:
A) Fibre

35. “Pattu kayalu” means
A) Silk worm
B) Cocoon
C) Seeds
D) Chandrikalu
Answer:
B) Cocoon

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

36. Adult moths come out from ……………
A) Eggs
B) Mulberry leaves
C) Seeds
D) Cocoon
Answer:
D) Cocoon

37. Which of the following is not required for getting silk yarn?
A) Weaving
B) Spinning
C) Reeling
D) Knitting
Answer:
C) Reeling

38. Special machines like reelers and twisters are used in ……………
A) Reeling
B) Spinning
C) Knitting
D) Weaving
Answer:
A) Reeling

39. Good quality of wool is given by ……………
A) Angora goat
B) Merino sheep
C) Lama
D) Camels
Answer:
B) Merino sheep

40. Rough and coarse hair is produced by
A) Goat
B) Sheep
C) Camel
D) Rabbit
Answer:
C) Camel

41. Scouring means removing of
A) Dust
B) Grease
C) Dirt
D) All of these
Answer:
D) All of these

42. The correct order is
1) Egg 2) Pupa 3) Adult 4) larva
A) 1, 2, 4, 3
B) 1, 4, 2, 3
C) 1, 3, 2, 4
D) 1, 4, 3, 2
Answer:
B) 1, 4, 2, 3

43. ‘Grinages’ are
A) Seed centers
B) Larva centers
C) Adult centers
D) Silk centers
Answer:
A) Seed centers

44. ‘Bombyx mori’ is a
A) Honey bee
B) Warsp
C) Housefly
D) Silk moth
Answer:
D) Silk moth

45. Killing of the silk moth larva’s is called
A) Reeling
B) Yarn
C) Stiffling
D) Silk
Answer:
C) Stiffling

46. The stiffling process takes place at
A) Reeling centers
B) Grinages
C) Chandrikalu
D) Horsely Hills
Answer:
A) Reeling centers

47. AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics 3 The process in the picture is
A) Stiffling
B) Reeling
C) Warping
D) Feeding
Answer:
A) Stiffling

48. AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics 4 The equipment show in the figure is
A) Cacoon
B) Chandrikalu
C) Reeling
D) Woven
Answer:
B) Chandrikalu

49. Fill the blank in the life cycle of silk moth
AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics 5
A) Pupa
B) Laren
C) Silk moth
D) Housefly
Answer:
A) Pupa

50. The country that used the silk for first time
A) India
B) China
C) Japan
D) America
Answer:
B) China

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

51. 1) Dyeing 2) Sorting 3) Scouring 4) Shearing
The correct order is
A) 4, 3, 2, 1
B) 2, 3, 4, 1
C) 4, 3, 1, 2
D) 3, 4, 2, 1
Answer:
B) 2, 3, 4, 1

52. Removing the colour of wool is
A) Bleaching
B) Sorting
C) Spinning
D) Scouring
Answer:
A) Bleaching

53. Making threads of yarn is
A) Spinning
B) Carding
C) Dyeing
D) Sorting
Answer:
A) Spinning

54. Which city is called silk city in our State?
A) Venkatagiri
B) Dharmavaram
C) Madanapalli
D) Hartuman Junction
Answer:
B) Dharmavaram

55. The first stage in making of woollen clothes.
A) Scouring
B) Sorting
C) Shearing
D) Bleaching
Answer:
C) Shearing

56. Fill the blank in the flow chart with the given answer.
AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics 6
A) Stiffling
B) Moths
C) Reeling
D) Chilakalu
Answer:
A) Stiffling

57. Material present in silk thread
A) Protein
B) Fat
C) Carbohydrate
D) Cellulose
Answer:
A) Protein

58. If you went to silk showroom to know the quality of silk, what type of exact question do you ask?
A) How do you decide the cost?
B) Do they have good durability?
C) How silk is prepared with?
D) How many types of silks are there?
Answer:
B) Do they have good durability?

59. In summer season what type of clothes do you wear?
A) Cotton, light colour
B) Woolen, Silk
C) Cotton, dark colour
D) Silk, Woolen
Answer:
A) Cotton, light colour

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

60. Animal fibre : protein :: plant fibre : ………….
A) Fat
B) Protein
C) Carbohydrate
D) Mineral
Answer:
C) Carbohydrate

61. Which of the following shows the correct sequence of processes in making woolen fabric?
A) Shearing – scouring – sorting – dyeing – combing – spinning
B) Scouring – spinning – combing – shearing – sorting – dyeing
C) Sorting – scouring – shearing – combing – spinning – dyeing
D) Shearing – dying – combing – spinning – scouring – sorting
Answer:
A) Shearing – scouring – sorting – dyeing – combing – spinning

62. Name the stages of silkworm weavers buy from sericulture industury.
A) Larva
B) Pupa
C) Eggs
D) Moth
Answer:
B) Pupa

63. Identify the process that helps to store the cocoons for a long time.
A) Boiling
B) Stiffling
C) Reeling
D) Weaving
Answer:
A) Boiling

64. The sericulture units present in Guntur district are at
A) Pedakakani
B) Bollapalli
C) Tadikonda
D) All the above
Answer:
D) All the above

65. Antheraea mylitta is a
A) Wild silk moth
B) Goat
C) Sheep
D) Camel
Answer:
A) Wild silk moth

66. Which of the following is the quality of animal fibres?
A) More water absorbants
B) Protein based
C) Burns slowly but not continuously
D) All the above
Answer:
D) All the above

67. Acrylic is used to make
A) Sweaters
B) Shawls
C) Blankets
D) AIL the above
Answer:
D) AIL the above

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

68. Which of the following is not made from chemicals?
A) Polyester
B) Terelene
C) Rayon
D) None
Answer:
C) Rayon

69. Fabrics made from this fibres does not get wrinkles easily …….
A) Acrylic
B) Rayon
C) Polyester
D) Nylon
Answer:
C) Polyester

70. Ropes for parachute are made from
A) Acrylic
B) Rayon
C) Nylon
D) Polyester
Answer:
C) Nylon

71. Which fabric is used to make sarees?
A) Nylon
B) Polyester
C) Terelene
D) Acrylic
Answer:
C) Terelene

II. Fill in the blanks

1. ……………….. goat is famous for wool.
2. ……………….. is the goat variety which give luxurious wool in India.
3. ……………….. animal shed their hair every year which has similar properties to wool.
4. Camels are reared in ……………….. states.
5. Camels are reared for ……………….. .
6. Yaks are found in ……………….. of India.
7. ……………….. breed of rabbit’s fur is used to make colourful coats.
8. The first step in the processing of fibres into wool is ……………….. .
9. Shearing is generally done during ……………….. season.
10. ……………….. is used for scouring of wool.
11. We get colourful woolen clothes by the process of ……………….. .
12. The process of wrapping the fleece between the two surfaces to make the fibres into a fluffy roll is called ……………….. .
13. ……………….. village is famous for quality woolen carpets in Kurnool district.
14. Cocoons are also known as ……………….. .
15. In four stages of silk moth ……………….. stage is important for obtaining silk.
16. Silk worms prefer to eat ……………….. .
17. The larvae are kept in specialized cane structures called ……………….. .
18. The process of killing larvae inside cocoon by putting them in steam is known as ……………….. .
19. The process of extracting threads from cocoon is called ……………….. .
20. The scientific name of silkworm is ……………….. .
21. W.H.O refers to ……………….. .
22. Animal fibres are dissolved in ……………….. .
23. ……………….. chemical is present in toilet cleaners, disinfectants and cloth whiteness.
24. ……………….. are kept in the clothes to protect them from insects.
25. ……………….. protein is present ip wool fibres.
26. ……………….. protein is present in silk fibres.
27. Rearing of silk worms for getting silk is known as ……………….. .
28. Masks made of ……………….. avoid skin allergies and itching caused by longtime usage.
29. WHO recommends a ……………….. layered cotton fabric mask to protect ourselves from ……………….. .
30. We buy woolen clothes specially for ……………….. .
Answer:
1. Angora
2. Kashmere
3. Camel
4. Rajasthan, Haryana and Gujarath
5. milk, meat and wool
6. Ladhak
7. Angora
8. shearing
9. Spring
10. detergent
11. dyeing
12. Carding
13. Parla
14. Pattukaayalu
15. Larva
16. Mulberry leaves
17. Chandrikalu
18. stiffling
19. Reeling
20. Bombyx mori
21. World Health Organization
22. Chlorine bleach
23. Sodium hypochlorite
24. ball of phenopthalene
25. Keratin
26. Fibroin
27. Sericulture
28. natural fabric
29. three, COVID -19
30. winter

III. Match the following.

1. Group-A Group – B 1. Tasar silk 2. Stiffling 3. Reeling 4. Marino 5. Angora a) Wool yielding sheep b) Wool yielding goat c) Wool yeilding camel d) Extracting silk threads e) Killing the larvae by steaming f) Arjuna and Sal trees
Answer:

2. Group – A Group – B 1. Acrylic [ 1 a) Sarees and terelene , 2. Rayon [ ] b) Doesn’t get wrinkless 3. Nylon [ ] c) Ropes for parachute 4. Polyester [ ] d) Artificial silk 5. Terelene [ ] e) Sweaters and shawls f) Rain coats
Answer:

3. Group – A Group – B 1. Rolling [ ] a) Sodium hypochlorite 2. Phenopthalene [ ] b) Wood pulp 3. Synthetic fibre [ ] c) Silk 4. Natural fibres [ 1 d) Acrylic 5. Rayon [ 1 e) Protection of clothes f) Silk sarees
Answer:

4. Group – A Group – B 1. Cashmere [ ] a) South America 2. Marino [ ] b) Jammu and Kashmir 3. Yak [ ] c) Rajasthan 4. Camel [ ] d) Ladhak 5. Lama [ ] e) Australia f) South Africa
Answer:

5. Group – A Group – B 1. Silk city in A.P. [ 1 a) Ramanagara 2. Silk city in T.S. [ ] b) Chanderi 3. Silk city in Karnataka [ ] c) Pochampalli 4. Silk city in Tamil Nadu [ ] d) Surat , 5. Silk city in Madhya Pradesh *. [. ] e) Dharmavaram f) Kanchipuram
Answer:

Do you know?

→ Alpaca and Lama are long haired animals reared for wool in South America for yielding wool and they resemble camel. The wool derived from them is as fine as Mohair, that is considered to be the best quality wool.

→ Wool fibres grow from small sacs or follicles in the skin of the sheep just like our hair. The fibre is a dead material, just like horn, nail and feathers.

→ Parla, a village located just 20 kms away from the Kurnool is famous for fine quality woolen carpets (Kambaliu). Rearing sheep and making carpets is the major occupation of the villagers. It is being practiced by the villagers for centuries as cottage industry.

→ Lotus silk is obtained from lotus stem fibres. It is also known as the natural micro fibers. Anti microbial fabric from lotus is amazingly resistant, soft, light weight and wrikle free. Banana fiber is obtained from banana fiber which is considered as world’s strongest fiber.

→ Ahimsa silk is the silk obtained in non-violent way of silkworm breeding. In this method of preparation of silk fibre; the pupa of silk moth is allowed to hatch and the leftover cocoon is then used to derive silk. This method was introduced and followed by Kusuma Rajaiah, Handloom Technologist and a former employee in Andhra Pradesh Handloom Department. But getting silk through this process is expensive.

→ Tasar silk is a variety of popular wild silk obtained from silk moth scientifically named Antheraea mylitta. The silk moth generally grows on Arjuna and Sal trees of deep forests in agency area of East Godavari District. Tribals collect cocoons and sell them in the market. ITDA strives to create market for cocoons and to train tribals in reeling the cocoons to earn more money.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 11th Lesson Fibres and Fabrics

→ Surgical sutures are used to hold tissues together after a surgery and even for deep cuts. Silk is widely used for sutures as it is easy to stitch and remove it due to its texture.

→ Diapers and Sanitary napkins are completely made of synthetic materials. They harm the skin on long term usage and they are harmful to the environment. To overcome this we have to think about environmental friendly and skin friendly, liquid absorbant materials like Cotton, banana or bamboo fibres and water proof cotton like canvas cotton to be used in diapers and sanitary napkins.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 5 Consumer Protections

Andhra Pradesh BIEAP AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material 5th Lesson Consumer Protections Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material 5th Lesson Consumer Protections

Essay Answer Questions

Question 1.
Explain the composition and jurisdiction of the state commission.
Answer:
The state commission settles consumer disputes at the state level. The state commission is headed by the judge of a high court and comprises other members not less than two and not more than as prescribed, one of whom shall be a woman.

The state commission shall have jurisdiction to entertain consumer complaints where the value of goods and services for which the compensation claimed exceeds ₹ 20 lakhs and less than ₹ 1 crore. The state commission is empowered to call for the records and pass appropriate orders in respect of any consumer dispute within the state jurisdiction. The state commission is empowered to transfer any complaint pending before on the district forum to another district forum within the state. The state commission has circuit Benches.

In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the state commission, he can appeal to the national commission within 30 days of passing the order.

Question 2.
Describe the rights of a consumer as per CPA 1986.
Answer:
Although a businessman is aware of his social responsibilities even then we come across many cases of consumer protection. Hence Government of India provided the following six rights to all the Consumers under Consumer Protection Act.
1) Right to safety:
According to this right, the consumers have right to be protected against the marketing of goods and services which are hazardous to life and property. The right is important for safe and secure life.

2) Right to information :
According to this right, the consumer has right to get information about the quality, quantity, purity standard and piece of goods or services. The producer must supply all the relevant information at a suitable place.

3) Right to choice :
According to this right, every consumer has a right to choose the goods or services of his or her likings. The supplier should not force the consumer to buy a particular brand only. Consumer should be free to choose the most suitable product from his view point.

4) Right to consumer education:
According to this right, it is the right of the consumer to acquire knowledge and skill to be informed to customer. It is easier for the literate consumers to know their rights and take actions.

5) Right to seek redressal:
According to this right, the consumer has the right to get compensation or seek redressal against unfair trade practices or any other exploitation. The right assures justice to consumer against exploitation.

6) Right to heard / Right to represent:
According to this right, the consumer has the right to represents himself or to be heard or right to advocate his interest. In case a consumer has been exploited or has any complaint against the product or service then he has a right to be heard.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 5 Consumer Protections

Question 3.
What are the responsibilities of a consumer?
Answer:
Various efforts have been made by government or non – government organisations to protect the interest of consumer, but exploitation of consumer will stop only when the consumer will come forward to safeguard his own interest. Consumer has bear the following responsibilities.

1) Be quality conscious :
To put to stop to adulteration and corrupt practices of the manufacturers and traders, it is the duty of every consumer to be conscious of the quality of the products they buy. They should look for the standard quality certification marks like ISI, Agmark, Wool mark, Ecomark, Hallmark, etc. While making the purchases.

2) Beware of misleading advertisements :
The advertisement often exaggerates the quality of the products. Hence the consumers should not rely on the advertisement and carefully check the product or ask the users before making a purchase.

3) Responsibility to inspect a variety of goods before making selection :
The consumer should inspect a variety of goods before buying the goods and services. For this purpose, he / she should compare their quality, price, durability, after sales service etc.

4) Collect proof of transaction :
The consumer should insist a valid documentary evidence (Cash memo / invoice) relating to purchase of goods or availing of any services and preserve it carefully. Such proof of purchase is required for filing a complaint. In case of durable goods the manufacturers generally provide the warrantee / guarantee card with the product. It is the duty of the consumers to obtain these documents and ensure that these are duly sighed, stamped and dated. The consumer must preserve them till the warrantee / guarantee period is over.

5) Consumers must aware of their rights:
The consumers must aware of their rights as stated above and exercise them while buying goods and services. For example, it is the responsibility of a consumer to insist on getting all information about the quality of the product and ensure himself / herself that it is free from any kind of defect.

6) Complaint for genuine grievances:
As a consumer, if you are dissatisfied with the product, you can ask for redressal of yoifr grievances. In this regard, you must file a proper claim with the company first. The manufacturer / company do not respond, then you can approach the forums. But your claim must state actual loss and the compensation claim must be reasonable. At no cost fictious complaints should be filed otherwise the forum may penalise you.

7) Proper use of product / service :
It is expected from consumers that they use and handle the product / service properly. It has been noticed that during guarantee period, people tend to reckless use of the product, thinking that it will be replaced during guarantee period. This practice should be avoided.

Question 4.
Explain the redressal mechanism available to consumers under the Consumers Proction Act, 1986.
Answer:
The judicial machinery set up under Consumer Protection Act (C.RA) 1986 consists of consumer courts (Forums) at the District, State and National levels. These are known as District Forum, State consumer disputes redressal commission (State Commission) and National consumer disputes redressal commission (National Commission).

1. District forum :
This is established by the state government in each of its districts.
a) Composition :
The district forum consists of a chairman and two other members one of whom shall be a woman. The district forms are headed by the person of the rank of a District Judge.

b) Jurisdiction:
A written complaint can be filed before the district forum where the value of goods or services and the compensation claimed does not exceed ₹ 20 lakhs.

c) Appeal:
If a consumer is not satisfied by the decision of the District Forum, he can challenge the same before state commission, within 30 days of the order.

2. State commission:
This is established by the state governments in their respective states.
a) Composition :
The state commission consists of a president and not less than two and not more such number of members as may be prescribed, one of whom shall be a woman. The commission is headed by a person of the rank of High Court Judge.

b) Jurisdiction :
A written complaint can be filed before the state commission where the value of goods or services and the compensation claimed exceeds ₹ 20 lakhs but does not exceed ₹ 1 Crore.

c) Appeal :
In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the state commission he can a appeal to National Commission within 30 days of passing the order.

3. National Commission :
The national commission was constituted in 1988 by the central government; It is the apex body in the three tier judicial machinery set up by the government for redressal of consumer grievances. Its office is situated Janpath Bhawan in New Delhi.

a) Composition :
It consists of a president and not less than four and not more than such members as may be prescribed, one of whom shall be a woman. The National Commission is headed a sitting or retired judge of supreme court.

b) Jurisdiction:
All complaints pertaining to those goods or services and compensation whose value is more than ₹ 1 Crore can be filed directly before the National Commission.

c) Appeal:
An appeal can be filed against the order of the National Commission to the supreme court within 30 days from the date of order passed.

Question 5.
Who can file a complaint, what complaints can be filed, where to file the complaint, how to tile the complaints redressal of grievances under the Consumer Protection Act 1986?
Answer:
For redressal of consumer grievances a complaint must be filed with the appropriate form.

Who can complaint?
The following persons can file a complaint under Consumer Protection Act 1986.
a) a consumer.
b) Any recognised voluntary consumer association whether the consumer is a member of that association or not;
c) The central or any state government;
d) One more consumers where there are numerous consumers having same interest;
e) Legal heir or representative in case of death of consumer what complaints can be filed?

What complaints can be filed?
A consumer can complaint relating to any one or more of the following;
a) An unfair trade practice or a restrictive trade practice adopted by any trader or service provider;
b) Goods bought by him or agreed to bought by him suffer from one more defects ;
c) Services hired or availed of or agreed to be hired or availed of, suffer from deficiency in any respect;
d) Price charged in excess of the price
i) fixed by or under law for the time being in force
ii) displayed on the goods or the package
iii) displayed in the price list or
iv) agreed between the parties and
e) goods or services which are hazardous or likely to be hazardous to life and safety when used.

Where to file a complaint?
If the value of goods and services and the compensation claimed does not exceed ? 20 lakhs, the complaint can be filed in the district forum ; If it exceeds ₹ 20 lakhs but does not exceed ₹ 1 crore, the complaint can be filed before the State Commission ; and if it exceeds ₹ 1 Crore, the complaint can be filed before the National Commission.

How to file a complaint?
A complaint can be made in person or by any authorised agent or by post. The complaint can be written on a plain paper supported by documentary evidence in support ’of the allegation contained in the complaint. The complaint should clearly specify the relief sought. It should also contain the nature, description and address of the complaint as opposite party, and so also the facts relating to the complaint and when and where it arose.

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Give the meaning of consumer.
Answer:
Under the Consumer Protection Act 1986, The word consumer has been defined separately for the purpose of goods and services.

For the purpose of goods, a consumer is one who buys any goods for consideration and any user of such goods other than the person who actually buys it, provided such use is made with the approval of buyer.

For the purpose of services, a consumer is one who has any service or services for consideration ; and any benificiary of such services provided the service is availed with the approval of the person who had hired the service for a consideration.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 5 Consumer Protections

Question 2.
What is consumerism?
Answer:
Consumerism is defined as a social force designed to protect consumer interest in the market place by organising consumer pressure on business. By consumerism we mean the process of realising the rights of the consumer as enrises in the Consumer Protection Act, 1986 and ensuring right standards for the goods and services for which one makes payment.

Question 3.
What is meant by consumer protection?
Answer:
Consumer protection means safe guarding the interest and rights of consumers. In other words, it refers to the measures adopted for the protection of consumers from redressal of their grievances. The most common business malpractices are sale of adulterated, spurious, substandard and duplicate goods, false and under weighting, hoarding and black marketing, charging more than MRP Price etc. .

Question 4.
District Forums.
Answer:
The state government in each district establishes District forum by notification. The district forum consists of a president nominated by the state government. The forum also comprises two other members who shall have atleast 10 years of experience in dealing problems of economics, law commerce and industry. Every member of the form shall have tenure of 5 years or 65 years whichever is earlier. The District collector acts as the chairman of the District Forum. The District forum shall have jurisdiction to entertain consumers complaints where the value of goods and services which the compensation claimed, should ₹ 20 lakhs.

Question 5.
State commission.
Answer:
The state commission settles the consumer dispute at state level. The state commission is headed by the judge of High Court and comprised of other members not less than two and not more than such members as prescribed. The state commission is empowered to call for the records and appropriate orders in respect of any consumer dispute within the state jurisdiction. The state commission shall have jurisdiction to entertain consumer complaints where the value of goods and services for which compensation claimed exceeds ₹ 20 lakhs.

Question 6.
National commission.
Answer:
National commission operates at National level. It settle the consumer disputes at in the country. The National Commission has a President, who should be a serving or retained Supreme Court Judge the commission also comprises other members of not less than four. The president and all the members of the commission are appointed by central government. The National Commission shall have jurisdiction to entertain consumers complaints where the value of goods and services and compensation exceeds ₹ 1 crore.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 5 Consumer Protections

Question 7.
Who is consumer? In the opinion of Mahatma Gandhi.
Answer:
Mahatma Gandhi, the father of nation, attached great importance to what he described as the ‘poor consumer’, who according to him should be the principle benificiary of the consumer movement. He said “A consumer is the most important visitor on our premises. He is not dependent on us, we are on him. He is not an interruption to our work; he is the purpose of it. He is not an outsider to our business ; he is a part of it. We are not doing him a favour by serving him ; he is doing us a favour by giving an opportunity to do so.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Andhra Pradesh BIEAP AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material 3rd Lesson Business Services Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material 3rd Lesson Business Services

Essay Answer Questions

Question 1.
Define banking. Explain the functions of banking.
Answer:
The word Bank is derived from the French word ‘Bancus’ means a bench. According to Banking Regulation Act of 1949, banking is defined as “Accepting for the purpose of lending or investment of deposits of money from the public, repayable on demand or otherwise and withdrawable by cheque, draft, order or otherwise”.

The basic functions of banks are classified as primary functions and secondary functions.

A) Primary functions:
i) Accepting Deposits :
Bank accept various types of deposits, such as

Fixed deposits :
Fixed deposits are also called as time deposits or term deposits. In this deposit amount cannot be withdrawn until the maturity. Interest rate is also high.

Current Deposits :
Current accounts bears no interest companies, institutions, government and business men hold the current account. The greatest advantage of having current account is that there is no restriction on the withdrawls.

Savings Deposits :
The aim of these accounts is to encourage small savings from the public. Certain restrictions are imposed on the depositors regarding the number of withdrawals and the amount to be withdrawn in a given period of time.

Recurring deposits :
The purpose of these accounts is to encourage regular savings particularly by the fixed income group. Generally money is deposited in these accounts on monthly instalments for a fixed period. It is repaid to the depositors along with interest on maturity.

ii) Advancing of Loans :
Lending is carried out purely on profit motive. Banks lend the amount which is mobilised through the deposits. The different forms of lending are :

Loans :
A specified amount sanctioned by bank is called a ‘Loan’. A loan is granted against the security of property or personal security. The loan may be repaid in lumpsum or in instalments. The loan may be classified into i) Demand loan ii) Term loan. Demand loan is repayable on demand. It is repayable at short notice. Medium and long term loans are called term loans. It is granted for more than year and repayment is done on longer period.

Cash credit:
Cash credit is an arrangement where by the bank agrees to lend money to the borrower upto a certain limit. The amount is credited to the borrowers account. The borrower draws the money as and when he needs. Interest will be charged only on the amount actually drawn. Banks may impose commitment charges on unutilised portion.

Overdraft:
Banks grants overdraft to current account holders by which he is allowed to draw an amount in excess of the balance held in his account. Interest is charged on the overdrawn amount.

Discounting of bills of exchange :
A holder of a bill of exchange may be in urgent need of cash before the due date. He may sell or discount the bill with the bank. He will receive lesser amount than the actual amount. On maturity, the bank gets it payment from the debtor.

B) Secondary Functions :
These services include agency services and general utility services.

1. Agency services :
Banks perform some agency services on behalf of their customers.

  • Banks helps their customers in transferring funds from one place to another place through cheques, drafts etc.
  • Banks collect and pay various credit instruments like cheques, bills of exchange, promissory notes etc.
  • Banks undertake to purchase and sale of various securities like shares, bonds, debentures etc., on behalf of their customers.
  • Banks preserve the wills of their customers and execute them after death.

2. General utility services :
These services are

  • Letters of credit are issued by the banks to their customers certifying their credit worthiness.
  • Banks issue travellers cheques to help to travel without fear of theft or loss of money.
  • Banks provide safe deposit locker facilities to the public at selected branches.
  • Accepting or collecting foreign bills of exchange.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Question 2.
Discuss the principles of insurance. [A.P. Mar. 17]
Answer:
Insurance means protection against risk of loss. It provides compensation against any loss or damage due to the happening of an event. It is a contract between the two parties by which one of them undertake to indemnity the other person against a loss which may arise due to some events.

Principles of insurance :
1. Insurable interest:
A person cannot enter into a contract of insurance unless he has insurable interest in the subject matter of insurance. It is essential feature of insurance. Without this insurable interest, the contract of insurance will be treated as a wager or gambling contract. A person has insurable interest on his own life or the life of his wife and a creditor has insurable interest in the debtor.

2. Utmost good faith :
Insurance is based on the principle of utmost good faith. It means both the parties of the contract must disclose all the facts relating to the subject matter of insurance. If the insured does not disclose all material facts, the contract between them is void.

A person who had suffered from T.B. in the past had not disclosed it in the proposal form. Later on the insurer comes to know of this fact. He may declare the contract as void.

3. Indemnity :
This is the chief principle of insurance. Indemnity means security against risk of loss. Under this principle, the insured gets only the loss suffered from the insurer but not profits out of the contract of insurance. The principle of indemnity applies to contracts of fire and marine insurances only, but not to life insurance contracts.

4. Contribution :
Sometimes, goods are insured with more than one company. It is double insurance. The insured can get compensation only for the total loss from all insurance companies put together, but not total loss from each company. The insurance companies will pay the compensation on prorata basis.

5. Subrogation :
According to this principle, the insurer after compensating the loss of insured, the right of ownership of the damaged goods is shifted from insured to insurance company. Ex : Mr. X owns a scooter worth ₹ 36,000 and it was insured with a insurance company for full value. Later it was met with an accident and damaged beyond repairs. The insurance company paid the full value as compensation. Then all the rights on the scooter will pass on to insurance company.

6. Causa proxima :
According to this principle, the loss is caused by nearest and direct factor, then only the insurer will have to bear the loss. Ex : Biscuits in a ship are insured and are destroyed because of the sea water entered through a hole made by the mouse in the bottom of the ship and water entered into the ship. The nearest and direct cause is sea water. Hence, the insurer will have to bear the loss.

7. Mitigation of loss :
It is duty of the insured to take necessary steps to minimise the loss happened due to some event. He should not act carelessly and negligently at the time of loss to the insured property.

Question 3.
Define Life Assurance Policy. What are the kinds of life assurance policies?
Answer:
A life insurance contract may be defined as “a contract whereby the insurer, in consideration of premium paid either in lumpsum or in periodical instalments, undertakes to pay an annuity or a certain sum of money, either on the death of the insured or the expiry of certain number of years”.

Kinds of life assurance policies:
The following are some of the popular life assurance policies.
1) Whole life policy :
Under this policy the premium is paid through out the life of the insured. The sum assured is payable only after the death of the assured. The premium payable is low and it is meant for the family.

2) Endowment policy:
This policy is taken up for a specific period called endowment period. The policy will mature at the end of the specified period or at the attainment of particular age or on the death of insured, whichever is earlier. This policy offers the advantage of both protection and investment.

3) With or without profits policies :
When the policy is insured with profits, the policy holders share the profits of the company. The profit is called Bonus. The amount of the policy and bonus is paid on the maturity of the policy. When the policy is insured without profits, the insured does not share any profits and the amount of policy only is paid on maturity.

4) Joint life policies:
A policy may be taken jointly on the lives of two or more persons. On the death of any one person, the policy is paid to other surviving policy holder as the case may be. This type of policy may be taken by husband and wife.

5) Convertible whole life policy :
The policy is insured for whole life policy with a provision to convert it into endowment policy after a specified period. The conversion is done at the request of the assured. The rate of premium is increased after conversion.

6) Janata policy:
Janata policy was introduced by life insurance corporation of India in May 1957. This policy was introduced for the benefit of lower income group people. It can be issued for a term of 5,10, 15, 20 and 25 years subject to the condition that it should mature at the age of 60 years. No loans are granted on such policies.

7) Annuity policy :
Under this policy, the insured would deposit a lumpsum amount with the insurance company. The amount of policy would be paid to the insured for a specified number of years or until the death of the insured.

8) Children endowment policy:
This policy is taken by a person for his / her children to meet the expenses of their education or marriage. The agreement states that a certain sum will be paid by the insurer when the children attain a particular age.

9) Group insurance policy :
Members of a family or the employees of a business concern can take this insurance policy.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Question 4.
What do you understand by the word Transport? Discuss the benefits and limitations of Transport.
Answer:
Transport is the physical means of moving goods and persons from one place to another. Transport creates place utility of goods by moving them from different centres of production to the places of consumption. Goods are now produced thousand miles away from places where the consumer resides. Transportation only help the business men to reach consumer. Not only does transport give place utility, but it also renders time utility in various ways. Transportation, in simple language can be defined as “a means through which goods are transferred from one place to another”.’

Benefits or Functions of transport:
1. Movement of goods:
The first and important function of transport is the movement of goods. The raw materials have to move from their sources to the factory. The manufactured goods have to move from the factory to the consuming areas.

2. Transport enhances mobility of labour and capital :
An efficient network of transport services encourages the movement of people from one place to another labour can migrate to the place where they can get better job opportunities which reduces exploitation of labour.

3. Creation of place utility:
It moves goods from places where they are abundant to the places where they are scarce and thus creates place utility.

4. Specialisation and division of labour :
Transportation facilitates optimum utilisation of natural resources of a country. For example, petroleum resources of Arab countries, watches of Switzerland etc.

5. Creation of time utility :
With the advancement of technology, transportation time is being shortened. So, it creates time utility.

6. Stability in prices :
Goods can be transported from the place where the goods are abundant, to the places where scarcity exists. In this way, prices are equalised throughout the country.

7. Contribution to national income :
The transportation also contributes national income of a nation. For example, our railways.

8. Economies of large scale production :
Transport has helped the development of large scale industries. Transport procure raw material, labour and sells the finished goods.

9. Improve standard of living :
Availability of wide variety of goods at reasonable prices improves standard of living.

10. National defence :
Transport strengthens the national defence transport system. During war period, all the personnel, material and equipment can be moved rapidly to the boarder areas.

Limitations of transport :
1. Cottage and small scale industries lost their glory :
With the development of transport, labour is showing interest to work in big factories. This has led to shortage of workers in tiny and small scale industries.

2. Accidents :
Improvement in transport facility has given rise to new problem viz. accidents.

3. High urbanisation:
Improved means of transport has helped in creating big cities, which have further resulted into concentration of population in these cities. This has given rise to many new problems such as housing, health and pollution.

Question 5.
Describe the road transportation. Explain the kinds of roads in India. [A.P. Mar. 17]
Answer:
Road transport is the oldest form of transport. The Indian road network is one of the largest in the world. Road transport plays an important role in trade and commerce. Road transport is very good for short distance. Door – to – door collection and delivery is possible in road transport. It is most suitable for perishable goods. In road transport both men and animals are used to carry goods and people.

Modes of road transport are bullock carts, Tonga, rickshaws and motor vehicles such as jeeps, buses, motor vans, trucks and other vehicles. Road transport is suitable for the goods such as paper goods, clothing, computers, livestock, cement etc.

Indian roads are classified into three types – National highway, State highway, District and Rural roads.

a) National highway:
These roads are meant for inter state transport and movement of defence men. These also connect the state capitals and major cities. The National Highway Authority of India (NHAI) has the responsibility of development, maintenance and operation of national highways. The national highways have a road length of about 65,000 kms or 2% of the length of the total road system but they carry nearly 40% of goods and passenger traffic.

b) State highways:
These are constructed and maintained by state government. They connect the state capital with district head quarters and other important towns. State highways constitute 4% of total road length in the country.

c) District roads :
These roads are the connecting link between district head quarters and the other important roads of the district. The account for 14 % of the total road length of the country.

d) Rural roads :
These roads provide link to the rural areas. There are about 80% of total length in India are categorised as rural roads.

e) Boarder roads :
These roads are in the northern and northern – eastern boundary of the country. The Boarder Road organisation constructs and maintains boarder roads. They construct roads in high altitude areas and undertakes snow clearance.

f) International highways :
There are meant td promote harmonious relationship with the neighbouring countries by providing effective links with India.

Question 6.
Explain the warehouse concept and its significance.
Answer:
The term warehousing is a combination of two terms, ‘ware’ and ’housing’. The word ware refers to goods. Therefore, warehousing can be defined as the ‘ place suitable for preserving the goods and warehousing is the activity involving storage of goods. In common parlance warehouse means a godown. Warehousing facilitates other marketing functions such as assembling, grading and transportation.

Warehousing performs two important functions with regarding to finished goods. They are movement function and storage function. Movement function refers to the receipt of the products from the manufacturing plant, their transfer into warehouse and transferring them to common carriers on their way to consumers. The storage function is performed by retaining storing products in the warehouse until they are sold because production and consumption cycles differ. Warehousing functions creates time utility at minimum cost.

Significance :

  1. Some commodities are produced in a particular season only. To ensure their off – season availability, warehousing is needed.
  2. Some products are produced throughout the year but their demand is seasonal. Warehousing is important in such cases.
  3. For the companies which opt for large scale production and bulk supply, warehousing is unavoidable factor.
  4. Warehousing help companies to ensure quick supply of goods in demand.
  5. Production of goods and their movement of goods are important for the companies for continuous production of goods.
  6. Warehousing is also important for price stabilisation. For necessary goods, the Government store them in the warehouse and control its supply in the market as per the price fluctuations.
  7. Another important need of warehousing is for bulk breaking.

Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Define services and goods.
Answer:
Services are those separately identifiable, essentially intangible, activities that provide satisfaction of wants and are not necessarily linked to the sale of a product or other services. Services are intangible as they are not seen or touched. Service is inconsistant, since there is no standard tangible product. Service is the simultaneous activities of production and consumption. Services cannot be stored for future. Service is the participation of the customer in the service delivery process.

Goods are physical objects and are homogeneous in nature. They are tangible. Ex: Medicine Different customers get standardised demands fulfilled. Ex: Mobile phones. There will be separation of production and consumption. Ex : Purchasing ice cream from a store. Goods can be kept in stock. Ex : Train journey ticket. Involvement at the time of delivery is not possible. Ex : Manufacturing a vehicle.

Question 2.
What are the advantages of E-Banking?
Answer:
E-Banking brings certain advantages.
1. It reduces costs :
The cost of banking transactions is considerably reduced. It increases the profitability of the banks.

2. Prompt in services :
There is high degree of personalisation and fast and flexible execution. Thus E-Banking prompt service and there is greater customer satisfaction.

3. Anywhere and any time banking :
It is 24 hours in a day and 7 days in a week banking service. Bank account can be accessed from anywhere. So the customer can obtain information his account and conduct transactions from his home or office.

4. Cashless banking :
Handling of cash is not necessary in E-Banking.

5. Global coverage :
It provides global network coverage of bank services. NRIs can monitor their bank account in Indian banks, from abroad.

6. Central data base :
The data base of each branch is centralised. Customer can deposit, withdraw or remit money from any branch of his bank.

7. Internet banking helps banks to reduce the workload of their branches, such as generation of statements, balance of enquiry etc.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Question 3.
What is Mobile Banking? What are the services can be obtained through mobile banking?
Answer:
The delivery of bank services to customers through mobile (cell) phone is called mobile banking. When compared to telephone banking the scope of mobile banking is more and effective also. Mobile banking can take the form of SMS banking, GSM SIM Toolkit and WAP.

a) SMS banking :
Short messages are sent to the customers mobile phones. SMS messages can be used for both passive and active banking operations. A client automatically receives information about his account balance after a certain operation is performed.

b) GSM SIM Tool kit :
The GSM SIM Toolkit service can be only be used from a mobile phone supporting this technology. GSM SIM Toolkit is a software that evolves arbitrary changes in the mobile phone menu. Mobile phones now on the market support GSM SIM Tool kit after buying a special sim card and activating the permanent bank branch. The client can use this service.

c) WAP (Wireless Application Protocol) :
WAP is often compared to web pages although it is simplified. Unlike pages appearing on computer monitor, WAP presents it output on a small mobile phone. WAP Banking is not very popular. Only few banks are providing this service. .

Question 4.
What are the facets of electronic banking?
Answer:
The following are the different facets of E-Banking.
1. ATM :
ATM is popularly known as Any Time Money Machine. The customer gets cash fast, withdrawal, transfer, payment of bills or cash deposit through ATM.

2. Tele banking (home banking) :
Customers can perform number of transactions from their telephone such as checking the balance in the accounts, transfer funds from one account to another, pay certain bills and order statements or cheque book etc.

3. E-mail banking :
Customers may communicate with bank by electronic mail or E-mail. The most frequently used service is sending account statement periodically to the clients mail box.

4. Network banking or online banking:
Internet or online banking is a facility provided by banks to enable the user to execute bank related transactions through internet. The people sitting at home can transact business and they need not visit bank.

5. Mobile banking:
The delivery of bank services to a customer through mobile (cell) phone is called mobile banking.

Question 5.
Explain the term Insurance? Explain the functions of Insurance.
Answer:
The method of sharing of risk through economic cooperation is called insurance. Insurance may described as a social device to reduce or eliminate risk of loss to life and property. Insurance renders valuable services to commerce as well as to the society. Insurance covers many risks and uncertainties in the world of business and act as a boon to business firms.

Functions of Insurance :
1. Providing certainty :
Insurance provides payment of the risk of loss. There are uncertainties of happening of time and amount of loss. Insurance removes these uncertainties and the assured receives payment of loss. The insurer charges premium for providing certainty.

2. Protection:
The second function of insurance is to provide protection from probable chances of loss. Insurance cannot stop the happening of a risk or event but can compensate the losses arising out of it.

3. Risk sharing:
On the happening of a risk event, the loss is shared by all the persons exposed to it. The share is obtained from every insured member by way of premiums.

4. Assist in capital formation:
The accumulated funds of the insurer received by way of premium payments made by the insured are invested in various income generating schemes.

Question 6.
Explain the costs and benefits of Insurance.
Answer:
The following are the benefits of Insurance :
i) Provides certainly :
Insurance helps the insured to convert his uncertainties into certainities by entering into contract of insurance. The payment of premium by insured enables to reduce the risk.

ii) Distribution of losses :
Insurance helps to distribute losses of any uncertain events among the large number of insurer’s. It enables to transfer the risks and spreads the financial loss of insured members over the whole insurers.

iii) Provides security:
It provides security to the insured against the risk of uncertain events. The insurance company guarantees the insured to compensate or indemnify the loss on the occurrence of an event in consideration for payment of premium.

iv) Generates capital :
Insurance reduces financial risks and losses by providing facilities of capital investment in various organisations.

v) Increases efficiency :
Insurance reduces the risk and increases the efficiency in business. It provides security for business community which in turn paves the way for growth and diversification of industry.

vi) Earns foreign exchange :
Insurance provides security to the international traders, shippers and banking institutions, thus paves the way for expansion of foreign trade. The increased foreign trade activities lead to securing foreign exchange which makes the country to become economically strong.

vii) Social security :
Insurance acts as an instrument to fight against evils of poverty, unemployment, disease, old age, sickness, disability, accidents, fire and similar other calamities of nature.

viii) Promotes thrift:
Insurance encourages the people to go for savings. It alter the people in their spending habits and makes them to save a certain sum of money regularly.

Costs of disadvantages of Insurance :
i) Sharing of loss:
The loss of one person should be shared by all other policy holders. But the sharing of loss is opposed by many people as their return on investment is reduced.

ii) Real value of money :
The maturity value of the policy after the specific period may be more but the real value of money is going to be less.

iii) Lack of confidence :
Many of the investors, who propose to save their money, prefer banks and other financial institutions. It is due to lack of confidence in the insurance companies and its policies.

Question 7.
What are the advantages of Life insurance policies?
Answer:
In life insurance contract the policy amount is definitely, it is a question of time. The policy may mature during the life time of the assured or it may be paid on his death.

Advantages of life assurance policies :
1. Encourages savings:
The insured has to pay premium to insurance company every year. Otherwise, the policy will be cancelled. So, the insurance is helpful in creating the habit of saving money.

2. Exemption from income tax :
The amount paid as premium on a life insurance policy is allowed as deduction from income for calculating income tax.

3. Protection:
Life insurance provides protection to the family members if the policy holder dies suddenly. Life insurance builds a fund for the benefit of the dependents.

4. Credit facilities :
Insured can get loans against their policies to meet emergency needs. Life Insurance Corporation itself gives a loan against the policy to the insured at a lower rate of interest.

5. Surrender:
The life insurance company can surrender the life policy if the insured is unable to continue it. The insurance company can return some premium known as’surrender value’.

6. Meets the future needs:
An insurance policy can be helpful in providing funds for marriage and educational needs of insured children.

Question 8.
Explain the characteristics of marine Insurance.
Answer:
Marine insurance is a contract whereby the insurer agrees to indemnify the insured against marine losses.

The following are the characteristics of Marine Insurance.
1. Fundamentals of general contract:
Marine insurance must have the fundamentals ieraj insurance i.e. insurable interest, utmost good faith, indemnity, subrogation, contribution, warranties, causa proxima etc.

2. Consideration :
Marine insurance is a contract between the insured and insurer. Hence, insured is under an obligation to pay certain amount periodically to the insurer in consideration for accepting risk.

3. Coverage for insurance:
In marine insurance, cargo ship and freight can be insured. It covers large number of risks such as sinking of the ship, burning of the ship, standing of the ship, collision of ships, sea decoits etc.

4. Mode of insurance :
In marine insurance, the insurance may be for a single journey or number of journeys or for specific period of time. Insurance must be renewed once the specific condition is lapsed.

5. Indemnify the losses :
In marine insurance, the insurers guarantees to indemnify the losses caused by sea perils only.

6. Condition for compensation :
In marine insurance the insured is compensated only when the loss is occurred to ship or cargo. It also includes third party insurance.

Question 9.
Define Fire Insurance. Explain characteristics.
Answer:
According to Asbury, Fire insurance is defined as “It is a contract of insurance by which the insurer agrees for consideration to indemnify the insured upto a certain extent and subject to certain terms and conditions against loss or damage by fire which may happen to the property of the insured during a specified period”.

Features of fire insurance :
1. Contract of indemnity:
The fire insurance contract is a contract of indemnity and insured cannot claim more than the value of goods lost or damaged by fire or the amount of policy whichever is less.

2. Lawful consideration :
There must be consideration in fire insurance contract. The consideration is paid by the insured, which is called premium. Thus the essential element of fire insurance contract is premium received from the insured.

3. Insurable interest:
The insured must have insurable interest in the property or goods insured against fire. He must have insurable interest at the time of taking the policy and also at the time when the loss occurs and claim is filed for compensation.

4. Claim over residue :
The scrap or damaged goods after the fire accident automatically pass on to the insurer after the payment of claim under fire insurance.

5. Cause of accident:
The loss must be the out come of fire or ignition. No other reason for loss of property is accepted for settlement of claim.

6. Utmost good faith:
In fire insurance contract, both insured and insurer must have utmost good faith on each other.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Question 10.
Briefly state the advantages and disadvantages of road transportation.
Answer:
Advantages of Road transport: The following are some of the merits of Road transport.
1. Low capital:
It requires lesser capital for constructing roads. Roads are maintained by government and local authorities.

2. Low maintenance :
The maintenance charges of the road carriers are much less than the cost of railways.

3. Flexible :
Road transport is flexible. The route and timing can be adjusted to the individual requirements.

4. Suitable for short distance :
It is more economical and quicker for carrying goods and people over short distance.

5. Door-to-door delivery:
Road transport provides door-to-door delivery service for industries. Goods can be loaded at sellers doors and unload at buyers door.

6. Service to rural areas :
Exchange of goods between villages and towns are made possible by road transport.

7. Feeder to other modes of transport:
All the movement of goods begin and ultimately end by making use of roads.

8. High speed :
Road transport reduces the effective duration of the transit.

Disadvantages :
1. Less reliable :
Road vehicles are less reliable for long distance to travel because of the breakdowns and road congetions.

2. Accidents and breakdown :
There are more chances of accidents and breakdown in case of motor transport.

3. Lesser speed :
The speed of motor transport is comparatively slow.

4. Limited carrying capacity :
Load carrying capacity of road transport is limited.

5. More expensive :
The road is more expensive than railway transport for long distance travel.

6. Instable rates:
The rates charged by the road carriers are not stable. They need to charge with market.

Question 11.
State various advantages and disadvantages of Railway transportation.
Answer:
Advantages of railway transport:

  1. Railway transport facilitate long distance travel and transport bulky and heavy goods.
  2. It is quick and more regular form of transport because it helps in the transportation of goods with speed and certainty.
  3. It helps in the industrialisation process of a country by easy transportation of coal and raw materials at cheaper rates.
  4. It helps in the quick movement of goods from one place to another at the time of emergencies like famines and scarcity.
  5. It encourages mobility of labour and thereby provides a great scope for employment.
  6. Railway is the safest form of transport. The chances of breakdown and accidents of railways are less as compared to other modes of transport.
  7. The carrying capacity of the railways is extremely large. Moreover, its capacity is elastic which can be easily be increased by adding more wagons.

Disadvantages :

  1. The railways require a large investment of capital. The cost of construction, maintenance* and overhead expenses are very high as compared to other modes of transport.
  2. Railway transport is not flexible. The routes and timings cannot be adjusted to the individual requirements.
  3. Rail transport cannot provide door-to-door service as it is tide to a particular track.
  4. Railway transport is unsuitable and uneconomical for short distance and small tariff of goods.
  5. It involves much time and labour for booking and taking delivery of goods through railways.

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
ATM.
Answer:
ATM means Automatic Teller Machine. An ATM is an unmanned device located on or off the bank premises. The operation mechanism is that ATM is inserted into ATM, the terminal reads and transmits the tape data to a processor which activate the account. It works 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. ATM are being used to withdraw, deposit and transfer of funds.

Question 2.
Online Banking.
Answer:
It is also called as internet banking. It is a facility provided by banks that enable the user to execute bank related transactions through internet. People sitting at home can transact business.

Question 3.
Tele Banking.
Answer:
Customers can perform a number of transactions from their telephone such as they can check balances and statement information, transfer funds from one account to another, pay certain bills and order statements, cheque book etc.

Question 4.
Mobile Banking. [A.P. Mar 17]
Answer:
This type of service is provided free of cost to all the customers. Under this the customer can access his bank account on the mobile screen for the services such as checking the balance, ordering a demand draft, stop payment or viewing last five transactions. To avail this facility the customer requires to have a mobile phone with WAN facility.

Question 5.
Electronic Banking.
Answer:
The concept of E-banking will enable anyone to transact with bank from anywhere such as home or office at any time convenient to him, which can be beyond the banking hours. Electronic banking is banking with the use of electronic tools and facilities and through electronic delivery channels.

Question 6.
Differentiate Insurer and Insured.
Answer:
The party who agrees to pay money on the happening of an event is called insurer. The party who seeks protection against the risk by paying premium is called insured.

Question 7.
What is premium?
Answer:
It is the money which is paid periodically by the insured to the insurer in consideration for which the insurer gives protection to the insured.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Question 8.
Define Insurance.
Answer:
Insurance is the pooling of fortuitous losses by transfer of such risks to insurers, who agrees to indemnify insured for such losses, to provide other precuniary benefits on the occurrence or to render service connected with the risk”.

Question 9.
Re-Insurance.
Answer:
Insurance company undertakes the risk according to its capacity. If a company undertakes more risks than its capacity, then it tries to share the risks with some other insurance company. When insurance company insurer complete or part of the risk with other insurance company, then it is called re-insurance.

Question 10.
Double Insurance.
Answer:
When more than one insurance policy is taken on the same subject matter, it is called double insurance. In life insurance, any number of policies can be taken by the insured upon his life. He can collect full amount on all the policies. But this is not the case with fire and marine insurance. He is entitled to the compensation of the actual loss only.

Question 11.
What is subrogation?
Answer:
According to this principle, the insurer after compensating the loss of insured, the right of ownership on damaged goods is shifted from insured to insurer, i.e., insurance company.

Question 12.
What is proximate cause?
Answer:
According to this principle, the loss is caused by nearest and direct factor, then only the insurer will have to bear the loss. The principle is useful in deciding the actual cause of loss when number of causes have contributed for occurrence of loss.

Question 13.
What is insurable Interest?
Answer:
A person cannot enter into contract of insurance unless he has insurable interest. It is essential feature of insurance. Without the insurable interest the contract of insurance will be treated as a gambling contract. A person has insurable interest on own life or life of his wife.

Question 14.
Endowment polity.
Answer:
This policy is taken up for a specific period. The policy will mature at the expiry of specific period or attainment of particular age or on the death of the insured whichever is earlier.

Question 15.
Whole life policy.
Answer:
This policy runs throughout the life of the insured. The sum assured under this policy is payable only after the death of the insured. The premium is low and it is meant to protect the family. The insured will have to pay the premium throughout his life even at the old age when he is not earning.

Question 16.
Name the subject matters of marine insurance.
Answer:
Subject matter of marine insurance are

  1. Cargo or the goods on transhipment
  2. Hull
  3. Freight

Question 17.
What is cargo insurance?
Answer:
The cargo while being transported by ship is subject to many risks. These may be at ports i.e., risk of theft, loss of goods on voyage etc. Thus an insurance policy can be issued to cover against such risk to cargo.

Question 18.
What is freight insurance?
Answer:
If the cargo does not reach the destination due to damage or loss in transit, the shipping company is not paid freight charges. Freight insurance is for reimbursing the loss of freight to the shipping company i.e., insured.

Question 19.
Essential of fire insurance.
Answer:
Essentials of fire insurance are :

  1. It is a contract of insurance.
  2. There must be consideration.
  3. The object of the contract should be indemnify the assured for the loss caused by damage or destruction of property by fire.

Question 20.
National Highway.
Answer:
National highways are meant for internal transport. These roads also connect state capitals, major cities etc. The National Highway Authority has the responsibility of development, maintenance and operation of the national highways. These roads encompass a road length of about 65,000 kms.

Question 21.
Pipe Lines.
Answer:
Pipe line transport is used for the movement of liquid commodities. Crude oil, natural gas and other petroleum products are transported through pipe lines. Pipe lines offer continuous movement at a relatively low cost. They fuel are efficient, dependable and involves less losses and damage. It can be operated all around the clock (24 x 7).

Question 22.
Bonded warehouse.
Answer:
Bonded warehouses are owned and operated by port trust authorities. It is located near the port. It is a place where importers store goods till customs duties are paid or goods are re-shipped to other destination without being brought into the country.

Question 23.
Two significance of warehouse.
Answer:
Advantages of warehouses.

  1. It serves the business men who have very limited space.
  2. Some warehouses indirectly offer financial assistance.

Question 24.
Cash credit.
Answer:
A cash credit is an agreement where by a bank agrees to lend money to the borrower upto a certain limit. The amount is credited to the account of the borrower. The borrower draws money as and when he needs. Interest is charged on the amount actually drawn.

Question 25.
Bill discounting.
Answr:
The holder of a bill or drawer may be in urgent need of cash before the due date. In such circumstances, he can sell or discount the bill to the bank at lesser amount than the actual.

AP Inter 2nd Year Commerce Study Material Chapter 3 Business Services

Question 26.
Recurring deposit.
Answer:
In Recurring deposit, the depositor is required to deposit a fixed amount of money every month for a specific period. After the completion of the specific period, the consumer gets back the deposited amount along with the cumulative interest accrued on the deposit.

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

These AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल will help students prepare well for the exams.

AP Board 7th Class Hindi 7th Lesson Important Questions and Answers कोयल

व्याकरण कार्य

सूचना के अनुसार उत्तर लिखिए।

1. रेखांकित शब्दों के पर्यायवाची शब्द लिखिए।

1. प्यासी धरती पानी माँगती है।
उत्तर:
पृथ्वी, ज़मीन, भूमि

2. कोयल डाली पर बैठी है।
उत्तर:
शाखा

3. कोयल सच बतलाओ।
उत्तर:
सत्य

4. कोयल की बोली मीठी है।
उत्तर:
मधुर

5. मेघों से पानी बरसता है।
उत्तर:
बादल

2. रेखांकित शब्दों के विलोम शब्द लिखिए।

1. प्रकृति की सुंदरता देखने लायक है।
उत्तर:
असुंदरता

2. अभी – अभी सूर्योदय हुआ।
उत्तर:
सूर्यास्त

3. कोयल काली है।
उत्तर:
सफेद

4. मैं सच बतलाता हूँ।
उत्तर:
झूठ

5. आज रविवार है।
उत्तर:
कल

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

3. अशुद्ध वर्तनीवाले कोष्ठक में ‘x’ लगाइए।

1. अ) परकृति ( ) आ) वसंत ( ) इ) ऋतु ( ) ई) कोयल ( )
उत्तर:
अ) ×

2. अं) कूक ( ) आ) सूरय ( ) इ) पाठ ( ) ई) देखना ( )
उत्तर:
आ) ×

3. अ) संदेशा ( ) आ) मिसरी ( ) इ) घोली ( ) ई) मीठा ( )
उत्तर:
आ) ×

4. अ) भाद ( ) आ) काली ( ) इ) धरती ( ) ई) मेघ ( )
उत्तर:
अ) ×

5. अ) डाली ( ) आ) सच ( ) इ) देको ( ) ई) मीठी ( )
उत्तर:
इ) ×

4. रेखांकित शब्दों के अर्थ अपनी मात्रुभाषा में लिखिए।

1. वसंत ऋतु में कोयल कूकती है।
उत्तर:
ఋతువు

2. कोयल डाली पर बैठकर कूकती है।
उत्तर:
కొమ్మ

3. प्यासी धरती पानी माँगती है।
उत्तर:
దాహముతోనున్న

4. कोयल संदेश लाई।
उत्तर:
సందేశము

5. कोयल आमों में मिश्री घोली
उत्तर:
కలిపెను

5. नीचे दिये गये शब्दों को वाक्यों में प्रयोग कीजिए।

1. संदेश : अध्यापक छात्रों को संदेश देता है।
2. कोयल : कोयल काली होती है।
3. कूक : . कोयल की कूक मीठी है।
4. धरती : धरती पानी चाहती है।
5. मेघ : मेघ हमें पानी देते हैं।

6. अंकों को अक्षरों में लिखिए।

1) 15 = पंद्रह
2) 45 = पैंतालीस
3) 25 = पच्चीस
4) 55 = पचपन
5) 35 – पैंतीस
6) 65 = पैंसठ

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

7. सही कारक चिह्नों से खाली जगहें भरिए।

1. बहुत दिनों …… बाद आज आई हो।
उत्तर:
के

2. कोयल ने आमों …… मिश्री घोली।
उत्तर:
में

3. धरती मेघों ………. पानी माँगती है।
उत्तर:
से

4. कोयल डाली ………. आई।
उत्तर:
पर

5. हम कोयल …… बारे में पढ़ेंगे।
उत्तर:
के

8. सही क्रिया शब्दों से खाली जगहें भरिए।

1. …….. कोयल काली है। (सुनो/देखो)
उत्तर:
देखो

2. कोयल सच ………। (बतलाना/दिखलाना)
उत्तर:
बतलाना

3. धरती पानी …….। (डालती/माँगती)
उत्तर:
माँगती

4. कोयल किसे …….। (बुलाती/कूकती)
उत्तर:
बुलाती

5. कोयल संदेशा ………. (लाई/लेगई)
उत्तर:
लाई

9. रेखांकित शब्दों की वर्तनी शुद्ध कीजिए।

1. कोयल खुखती है।
उत्तर:
कूकती

2. धरती मेगों से पानी माँगती।
उत्तर:
मेघों

3. कोयल आमों में मिश्री गोली
उत्तर:
घोली

4. दरती प्यासी है।
उत्तर:
धरती

5. इसकी बोली मीठी है।
उत्तर:
मीठी

10. रेखांकित शब्दों के लिंग बदलकर वाक्य फिर से लिखिए।

1. माताजी रसोईघर में काम करती है।
उत्तर:
पिताजी रसोईघर में काम करता है।

2. दादाजी बाज़ार से आता है।
उत्तर:
दादी जी बाज़ार से आती है।

3. कवि कविता सुनाता है।
उत्तर:
कवयित्री कविता सुनाती है।

4. आज मेरे भाई आएगा।
उत्तर:
आज मेरी बहिन आएगी।

5. पंडित वेद सुनाता है।
उत्तर:
पंडिताइन वेद सुनाती है।

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

11. विशेषण शब्दों को पहचानकर लिखिए।

1. कोयल काली है।
उत्तर:
काली

2. कोयल की वाणी मीठी है।
उत्तर:
मीठी

3. सीता सुंदर लडकी है।
उत्तर:
सुंदर

4. गोपाल खूब पढ़ता है।
उत्तर:
खूब

5. वह अच्छा लड़का है।
उत्तर:
अच्छा

12. उचित शब्दों से खाली जगह भरिए।

1. कोयल की बोली …… है। (मीठी/कडुवी)
उत्तर:
मीठी

2. कोयल ने आमों में मिश्री ………… | (गोली/घोली)
उत्तर:
घोली

3. धरती ………. से पानी माँगती। (नदी/मेघों)
उत्तर:
मेघों

4. कोयल …….. है। (सफेद/काली)
उत्तर:
काली

5. बहुत ….. के बाद आज कोयल डाली पर आई। (रातों/दिनों) .
उत्तर:
दिनों

पठित- पद्यांश

निम्न लिखित पद्यांश पढ़कर दिये गये प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में दीजिए।

1. देखो कोयल काली है पर
मीठी है इसकी बोली।
इसने ही तो कूक कूक कर
आमों में मिश्री घोली।
प्रश्न :
1. कोयल कैसी है?
उत्तर:
कोयल काली है।

2. कोयल की बोली कैसी है?
उत्तर:
कोयल की बोली मीठी है।

3. आमों में मिश्री किसने घोली?
उत्तर:
आमों में कोयल ने मिश्री घोली।

4. ‘घोलना’ शब्द का अर्थ क्या है?
उत्तर:
घोलना शब्द का अर्थ है “मिलाना”।

5. उपर्युक्त पद्यांश किस पाठ से दिया गया है?
उत्तर:
उपर्युक्त पद्यांश ‘कोयल’ कविता पाठ से दिया गया है।

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

II. कोयल कोयल सच बतलाना
क्या संदेशा लाई हो।
बहुत दिनों के बाद आज फिर
इस डाली पर आई हो।
प्रश्न :
1. ‘डाली’ शब्द का अर्थ क्या है?
उत्तर:
डाली शब्द का अर्थ है – शाखा

2. ‘सच’ शब्द का विलोम शब्द क्या है?
उत्तर:
सच शब्द का विलोम शब्द – झूठ

3. कोयल किस रंग की होती है?
उत्तर:
कोयल काले रंग की होती है।

4. कोयल डाली पर कब आई?
उत्तर:
कोयल डाली पर बहुत दिनों के बाद आज ही आई।

5. उपर्युक्त पद्यांश किस पाठ से दिया गया है?
उत्तर:
उपर्युक्त पद्यांश ‘कोयल’ कविता पाठ से दिया गया है।

III. क्या गाती हो? किसे बुलाती ……………
बतला दो कोयल रानी।
प्यासी धरती देख माँगती
हो क्या मेघों से पानी?
प्रश्न :
1. पानी कौन देता है?
उत्तर:
पानी मेघ देता है।

2. कोयल किससे पानी माँगती है?
उत्तर:
कोयल मेघों से पानी माँगती है।

3. ‘मेघ’ शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द क्या है?
उत्तर:
मेघ शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द है ‘बादल’।

4. “रानी’ शब्द का पुल्लिंग शब्द क्या है?
उत्तर:
रानी शब्द का पुल्लिंग शब्द है ‘राजा’।

5. इस पद्य में कोयल का संबोधन किससे किया गया है?
उत्तर:
इस पद्य में कोयल का संबोधन ‘कोयल रानी’ शब्द से किया गया है।

अपठित – पद्यांश

निम्न लिखित पद्यांश पढ़कर दिये गये प्रश्नों के उत्तर विकल्पों में से चुनकर लिखिए।

I. सच है विपत्ति जब आती है
कायर को ही दहलाती है,
सूरमा नहीं विचलित होते
क्षण एक नहीं धीरज खोते।
विघ्नों को गले लगाते हैं,
काँटों में राह बनाते हैं।
प्रश्न :
1. विपत्ति इन्हें दहलाती है
A) साहसी
B) कायर
C) स्त्री
D) इन सबको
उत्तर:
B) कायर

2. कौन विचलित नहीं होते?
A) सूरमा
B) कायर
C) दानव
D) जानवर
उत्तर:
A) सूरमा

3. ये विघ्नों को गले लगाते हैं
A) कायर
B) सूरमा
C) दानव
D) राक्षस
उत्तर:
B) सूरमा

4. धीरज वाले कहाँ राह बनाते हैं?
A) पत्थरों में
B) पहाडों में
C) काँटों में
D) सागरों में
उत्तर:
C) काँटों में

5. इस पद्य में क्या रखने के लिए कहा गया है?
A) कायरता
B) धीरज
C) संपत्ति
D) विपत्ति
उत्तर:
B) धीरज

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

II. निश्चल आत्मा है अक्षय,
निश्चल मृण्मय तन नश्वर,
यह जीवन चक्र चिरंतन
तू हँस – हँस जी, हँस – हँस मर॥
प्रश्न :
1. निश्चल आत्मा कैसा है?
A) अक्षय
B) क्षय
C) व्यय
D) माया
उत्तर:
A) अक्षय

2. किस प्रकार का तन नश्वर है?
A) निश्चल आत्मा
B) निश्चल मृण्मय तन
C) जीवन चक्र
D) चिरंतन
उत्तर:
B) निश्चल मृण्मय तन

3. यह जीवन चक्र कैसा है?
A) नश्वर
B) शास्वत
C) शुभप्रद
D) चिरंतन
उत्तर:
D) चिरंतन

4. मरना शब्द का विलोम पहचानिए।
A) जीत
B) जीना
C) जलना
D) जागना
उत्तर:
B) जीना

5. इस पद्य में आये पुनरुक्ति शब्द पहचानिए।
A) हँस – हँस
B) आत्मा
C) मुण्मय
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
A) हँस – हँस

III. पुष्कर सोता है निज सर में,
भ्रमर सो रहा है पुष्कर में,
गुंजन सोया कभी भ्रमर में,
सो, मेरे गृह – गुंजन, सो !
सो, मेरे अंचल – धन, सो !
प्रश्न :
1. पुष्कर यहाँ सोता है
A) निज सर में
B) सागर में
C) नाल में
D) झील में
उत्तर:
A) निज सर में

2. कभी भ्रमर में कौन सोया है?
A) भ्रमर
B) पुष्कर
C) गुंजन
D) सर
उत्तर:
C) गुंजन

3. भ्रमर कहाँ सो रहा है?
A) पुष्कर में
B) निज सर में
C) गृह में
D) गुंजन में
उत्तर:
A) पुष्कर में

4. सो, मेरे …… सो। रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति करो।
A) भ्रमर
B) पुष्कर
C) गुंजन
D) अंचल धन
उत्तर:
D) अंचल धन

5. गृह शब्द का अर्थ पहचानिए।
A) घर
B) वन
C) कमल
D) नयन
उत्तर:
A) घर

बहुविकल्पीय प्रश्न

निम्न लिखित प्रश्नों के सही उत्तर विकल्पों से चुनकर कोष्ठक में लिखिए।

1. वसंत ऋतु में प्रकृति की सुंदरता देखने लायक होती है। (रेखांकित शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) मौसम
B) वर्षा
C) गर्मी
D) सर्दी
उत्तर:
A) मौसम

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

2. कोयल ने आमों में मिश्री घोली। (रेखांकित शब्द का अर्थ पहचानिए।)
A) छोडना
B) तोडना
C) मिलाना
D) फेंकना
उत्तर:
C) मिलाना

3. कोयल की बोली मीठी है। (रेखांकित शब्द का विलोम शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) मधुर
B) कडुवी
C) खारा
D) प्यारा
उत्तर:
B) कडुवी

4. अशुद्ध वर्तनी वाला शब्द पहचानिए।
A) ढाली
B) कोयल
C) मीठा
D) मिश्री
उत्तर:
A) ढाली

5. शुद्ध वर्तनी वाला शब्द पहचानिए।
A) खोयल
B) खूब
C) दरथी
D) मेध
उत्तर:
B) खूब

6. सैंतालीस – अंकों में पहचानिए।
A) 40
B) 47
C) 57
D) 67
उत्तर:
B) 47

7. 66 – इसे अक्षरों में पहचानिए।
A) छियासठ
B) अडसठ
C) पैंसठ
D) उनहत्तर
उत्तर:
A) छियासठ

8. कोयल रानी कूकती है। (रेखांकित शब्द का लिंग बदलकर लिखिए।)
A) बेगम
B) राजा
C) साम्राज्ञी
D) स्त्री
उत्तर:
B) राजा

9. कोयल डाली पर बैठी है। (रेखांकित शब्द का बहुवचन रूप पहचानिए।)
A) डाले
B) डालों
C) डालियाँ
D) डाली
उत्तर:
C) डालियाँ

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

10. बेमेल शब्द पहचानिए।
A) पानी
B) दूध
C) घी
D) पेट्रोल
उत्तर:
D) पेट्रोल

11. सही क्रम वाला वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) कोयल डाली पर आई है।
B) डाली पर आई कोयल है।
C) कोयल है आई पर डाली।
D) डाली कोयल आई पर है।
उत्तर:
A) कोयल डाली पर आई है।

12. शुद्ध वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) गौरी फल खाता है।
B) रमेश नाचती है।
C) सीता पढ़ती है।
D) वे जाते हो
उत्तर:
C) सीता पढ़ती है।

13. वह खेल रहा है। (सर्वनाम शब्द को पहचानिए।)
A) खेल
B) रहा
C) है
D) वह
उत्तर:
D) वह

14. कोयल की आवाज़ मीठी है। (व्याकरण की दृष्टि से रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?)
A) विशेषण
B) संज्ञा
C) क्रिया
D) अव्यय
उत्तर:
A) विशेषण

15. धरती प्यासी है। (भाषा भाग की दृष्टि से रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?)
A) सर्वनाम
B) संज्ञा
C) क्रिया
D) विशेषण
उत्तर:
B) संज्ञा

16. कोयल रानी बतला दो। (इस वाक्य में क्रिया शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) कोयल
B) रानी
C) बतला दो
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
C) बतला दो

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

17. देखो कोयल ……… है। (उचित शब्द से रिक्त स्थान भरिए।)
A) लाली
B) प्याली
C) पीली
D) काली
उत्तर:
D) काली

18. बेमेल शब्द पहचानिए।
A) रविवार
B) सोमवार
C) अगस्त
D) बुधवार
उत्तर:
C) अगस्त

19. बहुत दिनों …. बाद आज कोयल फिर आयी। (उचित कारक चिह्नों से रिक्त स्थान भरिए।)
A) के
B) को
C) की
D) से
उत्तर:
A) के

20. कोयल मेघों ….. पानी माँगती है। (उचित कारक चिहन से खाली जगह भरिए।)
A) का
B) से
C) को
D) की
उत्तर:
B) से

21. बच्चे गाना गाते हैं। (रेखांकित शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) संगीत
B) गीत
C) भजन
D) पूजा
उत्तर:
B) गीत

22. आप आम खाइए। (सर्वनाम शब्द को पहचानिए।)
A) आम
B) खाइए
C) आप
D) कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
C) आप

23. कोयल गाती है। (क्रिया शब्द पहचानिए)
A) कोयल
B) गाती
C) कौआ
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
B) गाती

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

24. वे सच बोलते हैं। (रेखांकित शब्द का अर्थ पहचानिए।)
A) यथार्थ
B) झूठ
C) असत्य
D) गलत
उत्तर:
A) यथार्थ

25. सही क्रम वाला वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) आदर जगह सब है मिलता।
B) सब जगह आदर मिलता है।
C) मिलता है जगह आदर सब।
D) सब मिलता है जगह आदर।
उत्तर:
B) सब जगह आदर मिलता है।

26. 39 – इसे हिंदी अक्षरों में लिखिए।
A) छियासी
B) अडसठ
C) उनचालीस
D) बयालीस
उत्तर:
C) उनचालीस

27. बहत्तर – इसे अंकों में पहचानिए।
A) 65
B) 72
C) 80
D) 67
उत्तर:
B) 72

28. अशुद्ध वर्तनीवाला शब्द पहचानिए।
A) खोयल
B) हंस
C) बगुला
D) तीर्थ
उत्तर:
A) खोयल

29. शुद्ध वर्तनी वाला शब्द पहचानिए।
A) मिसरी
B) प्यासी
C) दरथी
D) मेग
उत्तर:
B) प्यासी

30. वह कहाँ बैठा है? (सर्वनाम शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) कहाँ
B) बैठा
C) है
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
A) कहाँ

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

31. प्यासी धरती के लिए मेघ पानी माँगती है। (रेखांकित शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) पृथ्वी
B) ज़मीन
C) भूमि
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
D) ये सब

32. कोयल काली है। (काल पहचानिए।)
A) भूत
B) वर्तमान
C) भविष्यत
D) कलिं
उत्तर:
B) वर्तमान

33. कोयल मेघों से पानी माँगती है। (रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?)
A) क्रिया
B) विशेषण
C) संज्ञा
D) सर्वनाम
उत्तर:
C) संज्ञा

34. कोयल …….. लाई है। (उचित शब्द से खाली जगह भरिए।)
A) संदेशा
B) आम
C) मिश्री
D) लड्डू
उत्तर:
A) संदेशा

35. प्यासी धरती पानी माँग रही है। (व्याकरण की चिहन से रिक्त स्थान भरिए।)
A) सर्वनाम
B) क्रिया
C) संज्ञा
D) अव्यय
उत्तर:
C) संज्ञा

36. कोयल कूकती है। (रेखांकित शब्द का अर्थ पहचानिए।)
A) कुहू कुहू आवाज करना
B) सुनाना
C) पढाना
D) आनंदित होना
उत्तर:
A) कुहू कुहू आवाज करना

37. आज रविवार है। (रेखांकित शब्द का विलोम शब्द क्या है?)
A) परसों
B) नरसों
C) दिन
D) कल
उत्तर:
D) कल

38. कोयल का रंग काला है। (व्याकरण की दृष्टि से रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?)
A) संज्ञा
B) विशेषण
C) क्रिया
D) सर्वनाम
उत्तर:
B) विशेषण

39. इस ……… बोली मीठी है। (उचित कारक दृष्टि से रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?)
A) के
B) की
C) को
D) में
उत्तर:
B) की

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 7th Lesson कोयल

40. वह कोयल है। (रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?)
A) संज्ञा
B) सर्वनाम
C) क्रिया
D) विशेषण
उत्तर:
B) सर्वनाम

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

These AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल will help students prepare well for the exams.

AP Board 7th Class Hindi 5th Lesson Important Questions and Answers ईमानदारी का फल

व्याकरण कार्य

सूचना के अनुसार उत्तर लिखिए।

1. रेखांकित शब्दों के पर्यायवाची शब्द लिखिए।

1. मानव का जीवन सही मार्ग पर चलता है।
उत्तर:
रास्ता

2. वह नदी के किनारे लकड़ियाँ काटता था।
उत्तर:
तट/तीर

3. उसने देवी को प्रणाम किया।
उत्तर:
नमस्कार

4. खुशी से तीनों कुल्हाडियाँ लेकर चला गया।
उत्तर:
संतोष

5. दया एक नैतिक गुण है।
उत्तर:
कृपा

2. रेखांकित शब्दों के विलोम शब्द लिखिए।

1. दया,परोपकार, विनय आदि नैतिक गुण हैं।
उत्तर:
अनैतिक

2. मानव जीवन सही मार्ग पर चलता है।
उत्तर:
गलत

3. वह लकड़ियाँ बेच कर जीवन बिताता था।
उत्तर:
खरीद

4. मैं तुम्हारी ईमानदारी से बहुत खुश हूँ।
उत्तर:
दुःख

5. हमें सदा उपकार ही करना चाहिए।
उत्तर:
अपकार

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

3. रेखांकित शब्दों के अर्थ अपनी मात्रुभाषा में लिखिए।

1. हमें विनय से रहना चाहिए।
उत्तर:
వినయము

2. देवी को उस पर दया आयी।
उत्तर:
దయ

3. देवी ने चाँदी की कुल्हाडी दिखायी।
उत्तर:
వెండి

4. वह जंगल में नही के किनारे लकड़ियाँ काटता था।
उत्तर:
అడవి

5. कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई।
उत्तर:
గొడ్డలి

4. नीचे दिये गये शब्दों को वाक्यों में प्रयोग कीजिए।

1. किनारा : वे नदी के किनारे पर खेल रहे हैं।
2. लोहा : यह लोहे की कुल्हाडी है।
3. परोपकार : परोपकार एक नैतिक गुण है।
4. ईमानदारी : ईमानदारी का फल मीठा होता है।
5. कुल्हाडी : उसकी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई।

5. अंकों को अक्षरों में लिखिए।

1. 28 = अट्ठाईस
2. 61 = इकसठ
3. 44 = चवालीस
4. 88 = अट्टासी
5. 99 = निन्यानवे
6. 66 = छियासठ

6. अशुद्ध वर्तनीवाले कोष्ठक में ‘×’ लगाइए।

1. अ) परणाम ( ) आ) नदी ( ) इ) कुल्हाडी ( ) ई) किनारा ( )
उत्तर:
अ) ×

2. अ) किनारा ( ) आ) देवी ( ) इ) नयतिक ( ) ई) गुण ( )
उत्तर:
इ) ×

3. अ) मीटा ( ) आ) कुल्हाडी ( ) इ) चाँदी ( ) ई) सोना ( )
उत्तर:
अ) ×

4. अ) लकढ़हारा ( ) आ) नदी ( ) इ) बाहर ( ) ई) अंदर ( )
उत्तर:
अ) ×

5. अ) जंगल ( ) आ) मीठा ( ) इ) आदार ( ) ई) खुशी ( )
उत्तर:
इ) ×

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

7. अंकों को अक्षरों में लिखिए।

1) 15 (१५) – पंद्रह
2) 29 (२९) – उनतीस
3) 45 (४५) – पैंतालीस
4) 9 (९) – नौ
5) 17 (१७) – सत्रह
6) 36 (३६) – छत्तीस

8. सही कारक चिहनों से खाली जगहें भरिए।

1. ईमानदारी …… फल मीठा होता है।
उत्तर:
का

2. वह नदी …….. किनारे लकड़ियाँ काटता था।
उत्तर:
के

3. नदी की देवी जल ……… बाहर आयी।
उत्तर:
से

4. उसने देवी ……. प्रणाम किया।
उत्तर:
को

5. यह लोहे ……. कुल्हाडी है।
उत्तर:
की

9. सही क्रिया शब्दों से खाली जगहें भरिए।

1. देवी ने लोहे की कुल्हाडी …………..। (दिखाई/सुनाई)
उत्तर:
दिखाई

2. वह लकड़ियाँ ……….. था। (देखता/काटता)
उत्तर:
काटता

3. इसे देख कर वह रोने ………। (लगा/रहा)
उत्तर:
लगा

4. ये तीनों कुल्हाडियाँ ……….। (दे दो/ले लो)
उत्तर:
लेलो

5. कुल्हाडी नदी में ……….. गई। (गिर/चड)
उत्तर:
गिर

10. रेखांकित शब्दों की वर्तनी शुद्ध कीजिए।

1. वह लकड़ियाँ काठथा है।
उत्तर:
काटता

2. इसे देक कर वह रोने लगा।
उत्तर:
देख

3. देवी फिर जल के अंधर गई।
उत्तर:
अंदर

4. कहानी से हमें सीक मिलती है।
उत्तर:
सीख

5. देवी जल से भाहर आई।
उत्तर:
बाहर

11. रेखांकित शब्दों के लिंग बदलकर वाक्य फिर से लिखिए।

1. हाथी जंगल में रहता है।
उत्तर:
हाथिन जंगल में रहती है।

2. शेर जंगल का राजा है।
उत्तर:
शेरनी जंगल की रानी है।

3. वह एक होशियार छात्र है।
उत्तर:
वह एक होशियार छात्रा है।

4. यह बालक अच्छा है।
उत्तर:
यह बालिका अच्छी है।

5. अध्यापक पाठ पढ़ाते हैं।
उत्तर:
अध्यापिका पाठ पढ़ाती हैं।

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

12. रेखांकित शब्दों के वचन बदलकर लिखिए।

1. इसका फल महान होता है।
उत्तर:
इसके फल महान होते हैं।

2. उसकी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई।
उत्तर:
उसकी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई।

3. बच्चे दौड रहे हैं।
उत्तर:
बच्चा दौड रहा है।

4. लडकी गाती है।
उत्तर:
लडकियाँ गाती हैं।

5. वे कहानी पढ़ते हैं।
उत्तर:
वे कहानियाँ पढ़ते हैं।

13. दो वाक्यों को और / कर शब्द से जोडकर एक पाक्य बनाइए।

1) एक खरगोश था । वह पेड के नीचे सो रहा था।
उत्तर:
एक खरगोश था और वह पेड़ के नीचे सो रहा था।

2) खरगोश डर गया । खरगोश भागने लगा।
उत्तर:
खरगोश डरकर भागने लगा।

3) खरगोश चुप रहा । शेर बोल उठा।
उत्तर:
खरगोश चुप रहा और शेर बोल उठा।

4) एक बडा फल गिर पड़ा । खरगोश चौंक गया।
उत्तर:
एक बड़ा फल गिर पड़ा और खरगोश चौंक गया।

14. उचित शब्दों से खाली जगह भरिए।

1. ईमानदारी का ………… मीठा होता है। (फूल/फल)
उत्तर:
फल

2. इसे देखकर वह … लगा। (सोने/रोने)
उत्तर:
रोने

3. अचानक उसकी …… नदी में गिर गई। (कुल्हाडी/तौलिया)
उत्तर:
कुल्हाडी

4. यही मेरे …… का आधार है। (जीवन/जंगल)
उत्तर:
जीवन

5. एक ………. था। (लकडहारा/लडका)
उत्तर:
लकडहारा

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

15. व्याकरण की दृष्टि से रेखांकित शब्द क्या है?

1. देवी फिर जल के अंदर गयी।
उत्तर:
संज्ञा

2. वह लकड़ियों को बेचता है।
उत्तर:
सर्वनाम

3. लकडहारे ने देवी को प्रणाम किया।
उत्तर:
संज्ञा

4. देवी ने सोने की कुल्हाडी दिखाई।
उत्तर:
क्रिया

5. यही मेरे जीवन का आधार है।
उत्तर:
सर्वनाम

पठित – गद्यांश

निम्न लिखित गद्यांश पढ़कर दिये गये प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में दीजिए।

I. एक लकड़हारा था। वह जंगल में नदी के किनारे लकड़ियाँ काटता था। वह उन लकड़ियों को बेचकर अपना जीवन बिताता था। एक दिन वह नदी के किनारे लकड़ियाँ काट रहा था। अचानक उसकी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई। इसे देखकर वह रोने लगा।
प्रश्न:
1. एक दिन लकडहारा लकडियाँ कहाँ काट रहा था?
उत्तर:
एक दिन लकडहारा एक जंगल में नदी के किनारे लकडियाँ काट रहा था।

2. लकडहारा जीवन कैसे बिताता था?
उत्तर:
लकडहारा लकड़ियाँ काटकर उन्हें बेचकर अपना जीवन बिताता था।

3. अचानक क्या हुआ?
उत्तर:
अचानक उसकी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई।

4. लकडहारा क्यों रोने लगा?
उत्तर:
अपनी कुल्हाडी नदी में गिर जाने के कारण लकडहारा रोने लगा।

5. उपर्युक्त गद्यांश किस पाठ से दिया गया है?
उत्तर:
उपर्युक्त गद्यांश “ईमानदारी का फल” नामक पाठ से दिया गया है।

II. लकड़हारे को देखकर नदी की देवी जल से बाहर आयी। देवी ने लकड़हारे से रोने का कारण पूछा। लकड़हारे ने कहा कि – “देवी माँ, मेरी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गयी। यही मेरे जीवन का आधार है।” देवी को उस पर दया आयी। देवी ने उसको सोने की कुल्हाड़ी दिखाई। लकड़हारे ने कहा कि “यह मेरी नहीं है।”
प्रश्न:
1. जल से बाहर कौन आयी?
उत्तर:
नदी की देवी जल से बाहर आयी।

2. ‘जल’ शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द क्या है?
उत्तर:
जल शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द है “पानी” नीर।

3. लकडहारे ने देवी से क्या कहा?
उत्तर:
लकडहारा ने देवी से कहा ‘देवी माँ मेरी कुल्हाडी नदी में गिर गयी। यही मेरे जीवन का आधार है।

4. लकडहारे पर किसे दया आयी?
उत्तर:
लकडहारे पर नदी की देवी को दया आयी।

5. देवी ने लकडहारे को क्या दिखाया?
उत्तर:
देवी ने लकडहारे को सोने की कुल्हाडी दिखाई।

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

III. देवी फिर जल के अंदर गई। जल से बाहर आकर देवी ने चाँदी की कुल्हाड़ी दिखाई। लकड़हारे ने कहा – “यह भी मेरी नहीं है।” तीसरी बार देवी ने लोहे की कुल्हाड़ी दिखाई। लकड़हारे ने कहा कि “हाँ यही मेरी कुल्हाड़ी है।”
प्रश्न :
1. देवी फिर कहाँ गयी?
उत्तर:
देवी फिर जल के अंदर गयी।

2. जल से बाहर आकर देवी ने किसे दिखाया?
उत्तर:
जल से बाहर आकर देवी ने चाँदी की कुल्हाडी को दिखाया।

3. तीसरी बार देवी ने किसे दिखाया?
उत्तर:
तीसरी बार देवी ने लोहे की कुल्हाडी दिखाई।

4. ‘अंदर’ शब्द का विलोम शब्द क्या है?
उत्तर:
अंदर शब्द का विलोम शब्द है “बाहर”।

5. लकडहारे ने देवी से क्या कहा?
उत्तर:
लकडहारे ने देवी से कहा कि हाँ ! यही मेरी कुल्हाडी है।

IV. देवी ने कहा कि “मैं तुम्हारी ईमानदारी से बहुत खुश हूँ। इसलिए ये तीनों कुल्हाड़ियाँ लेलो।” लकड़हारे ने देवी को प्रणाम किया। खुशी से तीनों कुल्हाडियाँ लेकर चला गया। इस कहानी से यह सीख मिलती है कि – “ईमानदारी का फल मीठा होता है।”
प्रश्न :
1. किसने किसे प्रणाम किया?
उत्तर:
लकडहारे ने देवी को प्रणाम किया।

2. हमें क्या सीख मिलती है?
उत्तर:
हमें यह सीख मिलती है कि “ईमानदारी का फल मीठा होता है।

3. देवी ने खुशी से क्या किया?
उत्तर:
देवी ने खुशी से तीनों कुल्हाड़ियाँ दे दी।

4. लकडहारे से देवी ने क्या कहा?
उत्तर:
लकडहारे से देवी ने कहा कि “मैं तुम्हारी ईमानदारी से बहुत खुश हूँ। ये तीनों कुल्हाडियाँ ले लो।”

5. “मीठा” शब्द का विलोम शब्द क्या है?
उत्तर:
मीठा शब्द का विलोम शब्द है “कडुवा”।

अपठित- गद्यांश

निम्न लिखित गद्यांश पढ़कर दिये गये प्रश्नों के उत्तर विकल्पों में से चुनकर लिखिए।

I. सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय का अपना विशेष स्थान है। एक व्यक्ति द्वारा संग्रह की गयी कलात्मक वस्तुओं का यह भण्डार संसार में सबसे बड़ा है। नवाब यूसुफ अली खाँ ने संसार भर से कलात्मक वस्तुओं को इसमें संगृहीत किया। अब यह संग्रहालय केन्द्रीय सरकार के अधीन है। इसमें हीरे, जवाहरात, रत्न, मणियों से ज़डे तलवार, आभूषण आदि हैं। संगमरमर की कुछ प्रतिमाएँ भी हैं जो किसी दूसरे संग्रहालय में नहीं मिलती।
प्रश्न :
1. संसार में सब से बडा संग्रहालय जो एक व्यक्ति द्वारा संग्रहीत की गयी है, वह क्या है?
A) सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय
B) विक्टोरिया संग्रहालय
C) अली संग्रहालय
D) नवाब संग्रहालय
उत्तर:
A) सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय

2. किस संग्रहालय का अपना विशेष स्थान है?
A) विक्टोरिया संग्रहालय
B) नवाब संग्रहालय
C) सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय
D) B & C
उत्तर:
C) सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय

3. सालारजंग संग्रहालय अब किस सरकार के अधीन में हैं?
A) प्रांतीय सरकार
B) जातीय सरकार
C) राष्ट्र सरकार
D) केंद्रीय सरकार
उत्तर:
D) केंद्रीय सरकार

4. संसार भर के कलात्मक वस्तुओं को किसने सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय में संग्रहीत किया?
A) सालारजंग ने
B) यूसुफ़ ने
C) नवाब यूसुफ़ अली खाँ
D) नवाब खाँ
उत्तर:
C) नवाब यूसुफ़ अली खाँ

5. उपर्युक्त गद्यांश के लिए उचित शीर्षक निकालिए।
A) सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय
B) म्यूज़ियम
C) हीरे, जवाहरात
D) तलवार, आभूषण
उत्तर:
A) सालारजंग वस्तु संग्रहालय

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

II. प्रसिद्ध वैज्ञानिक डार्विन ने कहा था कि पहले मनुष्य की पूँछ होती थी। जब वह लंबे समय तक इस्तेमाल नहीं की गई तो धीरे – धीरे गायब हो गई। यह कहा जा सकता है जो चीज़ काम में नहीं लाई जाती वह गायब हो सकती है। एक छोटी सी सोच मनुष्य में नई प्रेरणा, नई आशा, नई शक्ति भर सकती है। एक बार जानवरों की गोष्ठी में पूंछ के बारे में विचार किया गया।
प्रश्न :
1. मनुष्य की पूँछ के बारे में किसने कहा था?
A) कोलंबस
B) डार्विन
C) पावलाव
D) माल्थस
उत्तर:
B) डार्विन

2. मनुष्य की पूँछ धीरे – धीरे क्यों गायब हो गई?
A) अधिक उपयोग करने से
B) काटने से
C) जलने से
D) इस्तेमाल न करने से
उत्तर:
D) इस्तेमाल न करने से

3. किस प्रकार की चीज़ गायब हो सकती है?
A) उपयोग न करने की
B) अधिक उपयोग करने की
C) मत्रोंच्छारण से
D) कई बार धोने से
उत्तर:
A) उपयोग न करने की

4. एक छोटी सी सोच मनुष्य में क्या – क्या भर सकती है?
A) प्रेरणा, आशा, शक्ति
B) लालच, आशा
C) क्षमा, लालच
D) प्रेरणा, क्षमा
उत्तर:
A) प्रेरणा, आशा, शक्ति

5. एक बार पूँछ के बारे में कहाँ विचार किया गया?
A) मनुष्यों की गोष्ठी में
B) जानवरों की गोष्टी. में
C) दरबार में
D) सभा में
उत्तर:
B) जानवरों की गोष्टी. में

III. एक से अधिक भाषाएँ सीखना बहुत अच्छी बात है। भाषा एक दूसरे को मिलाती है। हम को आम लोगों की भाषा सीखनी चाहिए। बोलचाल की भाषा सीखनी चाहिए। यही बहुत उपयोगी है। हिन्दी हमारे देश की राजं भाषा है और राष्ट्र भाषा भी। हिन्दी को लगभग भारत के सभी प्रांतों के लोग समझते हैं। देशवासियों के बीच व्यवहार के लिए हिन्दी भाषा उपयोगी है। सामान्य व्यवहार के लिए हिन्दी सीखने के लिए पत्र – पत्रिकाएँ पढ़नी हैं।
प्रश्न :
1. हमारे देश की राजभाषा क्या है?
A) कन्नड
B) हिन्दी
C) तेलुगु
D) तमिल
उत्तर:
B) हिन्दी

2. सामान्य व्यवहार के लिए हिंदी सीखने के लिए क्या – क्या पढ़नी हैं?
A) पत्र – पत्रिकाएँ
B) कविता
C) कहानी
D) लेख
उत्तर:
A) पत्र – पत्रिकाएँ

3. देशवासियों के बीच व्यवहार के लिए उपयोगी भाषा क्या है?
A) उर्दू
B) फ़ारसी
C) तेलुगु
D) हिन्दी
उत्तर:
D) हिन्दी

4. बहुत अच्छी बात क्या है?
A) कहानी पढना
B) अधिक भाषाएँ सीखना
C) हिन्दी सीखना
D) पत्र पढना
उत्तर:
B) अधिक भाषाएँ सीखना

5. हिंदी को कौन समझते हैं?
A) सभी लोग
B) कुछ लोग
C) हम लोग
D) तुम लोग
उत्तर:
A) सभी लोग

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

IV. वल्लभ नाम का एक बालक था। वह गुजरात प्रांत के एक छोटे से गाँव में रहता था। उसे पढ़ने का बहुत शौक था। पाठशाला गाँव से काफी दूर थी। बच्चों को पाठशाला जाने के लिए ऊबड – खाबड रास्ता तय करना पड़ता था। एक दिन वल्लभ अपने साथियों के साथ पाटशाला जाते समय अचानक उसके पैर में रास्ते का पत्थर लगा। पैर के अंगूठे से खून बहने लगा।
प्रश्न :
1. बालक का नाम क्या था?
A) गौरव
B) वल्लभ
C) प्रशांत
D) कुमार
उत्तर:
B) वल्लभ

2. वह कहाँ रहता था?
A) मध्यप्रदेश
B) तेलंगाणा
C) गुजरात
D) अहमदाबाद
उत्तर:
C) गुजरात

3. पाठशाला कहाँ थी?
A) गाँव में
B) गाँव के पास
C) दूसरे गाँव में
D) गाँव से दूर
उत्तर:
D) गाँव से दूर

4. बच्चों को पाठशाला जाने के लिए क्या तय करना पड़ता था?
A) सही रास्ता
B) ऊबड – खाबड रास्ता
C) कांटों का रास्ता
D) पहाडी रास्ता
उत्तर:
B) ऊबड – खाबड रास्ता

5. वल्लभ पाठशाला जाते समय अचानक क्या हुआ?
A) पैर में रास्ते का पत्थर लगा।
B) पैर फिसल गया।
C) अध्यापक से मिला।
D) प्यास लगी
उत्तर:
A) पैर में रास्ते का पत्थर लगा।

V. भारत के झंडे में तीन पट्टियाँ हैं। ऊपर वाली पट्टी केसरिया रंग की है। यह त्याग का चिह्न है। बीच वाली पट्टी सफेद रंग की हैं। सफेद रंग शांति का चिह्न है। नीचे वाली पट्टी हरे रंग की है। हरा रंग सुख शांति का चिह्न है। हमारे झंडे के बीच एक चक्र है। इस चक्र को अशोक चक्र कहते हैं।
प्रश्न :
1. भारत के झंडे में कितनी पट्टियाँ हैं?
A) एक
B) दो
C) तीन
D) चार
उत्तर:
C) तीन

2. ऊपर वाली पट्टी किस रंग की है?
A) केसरिया
B) सफेद
C) हरा
D) नीला
उत्तर:
A) केसरिया

3. सफेद रंग किसका चिहन है?
A) त्याग
B) शांति
C) सुख
D) क्रोध
उत्तर:
B) शांति

4. नीचे वाली पट्टी किस रंग की है?
A) केसरिया
B) सफेद
C) हरा
D) पीला
उत्तर:
C) हरा

5. हमारे झंडे के बीच क्या है?
A) शंख
B) पत्ता
C) फूल
D) चक्र
उत्तर:
D) चक्र

बहुविकल्पीय प्रश्न

निम्न लिखित प्रश्नों के सही उत्तर विकल्पों से चुनकर कोष्ठक में लिखिए।

1. ईमानदारी का फल मीठा होता है। (रेखांकित शब्द का भाषा भाग क्या है?)
A) संज्ञा
B) विशेषण
C) सर्वनाम
D) क्रिया
उत्तर:
B) विशेषण

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

2. देवी फिर जल के अंदर गई। (रेखांकित शब्द का भाषा भाग क्या है?)
A) सर्वनाम
B) संज्ञा
C) क्रिया
D) विशेषण
उत्तर:
B) संज्ञा

3. देवी को उस पर दया आयी। (इस वाक्य में क्रिया शब्द को पहचानिए।)
A) देवी
B) उस पर
C) आयी
D) दया
उत्तर:
C) आयी

4. यह मेरी नहीं है। (सर्वनाम शब्द को पहचानिए।)
A) नहीं
B) है
C) यह
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
C) यह

5. देवी फिर जल के ……. गई। (उचित शब्द से रिक्तस्थान भरिए।)
A) बाहर
B) अंदर
C) ऊपर
D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
B) अंदर

6. वह लकड़ियाँ काटता था। (रेखांकित शब्द का एक वचन रूप पहचानिए।)
A) लडकी
B) लकडी
C) लकडे
D) लकडो
उत्तर:
B) लकडी

7. उसने देवी को प्रणाम किया। (रेखांकित शब्द का अर्थ पहचानिए।)
A) तिरस्कार
B) नमस्कार
C) बहिष्कार
D) संस्कार
उत्तर:
B) नमस्कार

8. ‘नदी’ शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द पहचानिए।
A) सरोवर
B) सागर
C) समुद्र
D) मेघ
उत्तर:
A) सरोवर

9. हाँ यह मेरी है। (रेखांकित शब्द का विलोम शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) गलत
B) नहीं
C) ठीक
D) सही
उत्तर:
B) नहीं

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

10. देवी को उस पर दया ……. (उचित क्रिया शब्द से रिक्त स्थान भरिए।)
A) नहीं
B) आयी
C) फैली
D) उतारी
उत्तर:
B) आयी

11. उसकी कुल्हाड़ी नदी में गिर गई। (रेखांकित शब्द का बहुवचन रूप पहचानिए।)
A) कुल्हाडे
B) कुल्हाडों
C) कुल्हाड
D) कुल्हाड़ियाँ
उत्तर:
D) कुल्हाड़ियाँ

12. शेर जंगल का राजा है। (रेखांकित शब्द का स्त्री लिंग रूप क्या है?)
A) शेरनी
B) नर शेर
C) शेरा
D) कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
A) शेरनी

13. बेमेल शब्द पहचानिए।
A) जनवरी
B) फरवरी
C) मार्च
D) रविवार
उत्तर:
D) रविवार

14. बेमेल शब्द पहचानिए।
A) घोडा
B) कुत्ता
C) बाध
D) गधा
उत्तर:
C) बाध

15. वर्तनी की दृष्टि से अशुद्ध शब्द पहचानिए।
A) जनगल
B) देवी
C) बाहर
D) जीवन
उत्तर:
A) जनगल

16. वर्तनी की दृष्टि से शद्ध शब्द पहचानिए।
A) अंधर
B) कुल्हाडी
C) ईमान्धार
D) घिर
उत्तर:
B) कुल्हाडी

17. 79 – अक्षरों में पहचानिए।
A) पचहत्तर
B) पच्चीस
C) उन्नासी
D) अट्टासी
उत्तर:
C) उन्नासी

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

18. सैंतीस – इसे अंकों में पहचानिए।
A) 39
B) 42
C) 50
D) 37
उत्तर:
D) 37

19. सही क्रम वाला वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) देवी को प्रणाम लकडहारे ने किया।
B) लकडहारे ने देवी को प्रणाम किया।
C) प्रणाम लकडहारे किया को देवी ने
D) देवी प्रणाम लकडहारे किया ने।
उत्तर:
B) लकडहारे ने देवी को प्रणाम किया।

20. शुद्ध वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) मैं मेरा काम करता हूँ।
B) वह फल खाता है।
C) वे पाठ पढ़ता हो।
D) गाय घास चरता है।
उत्तर:
B) वह फल खाता है।

21. इसका फल महान होता है। (रेखांकित क्या है?)
A) सर्वनाम
B) विशेषण
C) संज्ञा
D) क्रिया
उत्तर:
B) विशेषण

22. वह लकड़ी काट रहा है। (रेखांकित शब्द का अर्थ पहचानिए।)
A) काठ
B) बच्चा
C) बच्ची
D) युवक
उत्तर:
A) काठ

23. कुल्हाडी नदी में गिर गया। (रेखांकित शब्द का विलोम शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) पडना
B) उठ
C) बैठ
D) सो
उत्तर:
B) उठ

24. ईमानदारी का फल मीठा होता है। (रेखांकित शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) कडुवा
B) खट्टा
C) रसीला
D) ठंडा
उत्तर:
C) रसीला

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

25. यह मेरी कुल्हाडी है। (संज्ञा शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) यह
B) मेरी
C) है
D) कुल्हाडी
उत्तर:
D) कुल्हाडी

26. मैं तुम्हारी ईमानदारी …… बहुत खुश हूँ। (उचित कारक चिह्न से रिक्त स्थान भरिए)
A) के
B) को
C) में
D) से
उत्तर:
D) से

27. यह मेरी नहीं है। (सर्वनाम शब्द को पहचानिए।)
A) नहीं
B) है
C) यह
D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
C) यह

28. वह लकड़ियाँ काट रहा था। (इस वाक्य में क्रिया शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) वह
B) काट
C) लकड़ियाँ
D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
B) काट

29. लकडहारे ने …….. को प्रणाम किया। (उचित शब्द शब्द से खाली जगह भरिए।)
A) देवी
B) राक्षस
C) दानव
D) मानव
उत्तर:
A) देवी

30. सही क्रम वाला वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) होता मीठा फल है।
B) फल मीठा होता है।
C) होता फल है मीठा।
D) मीठा है होता फल।
उत्तर:
B) फल मीठा होता है।

31. हाँ यह मेरी कुल्हाडी है। (काल पहचानिए।)
A) वर्तमान काल
B) भूत काल
C) कलि काले
D) भविष्यत काल
उत्तर:
A) वर्तमान काल

32. शुद्ध वर्तनी वाला शब्द पहचानिए।
A) धेवी
B) मीठा
C) कता
D) ये सब
उत्तर:
B) मीठा

33. अशुद्ध वर्तनी वाला शब्द पहचानिए।
A) झंगल
B) लकडी
C) कुल्हाडी
D) ईमानदार
उत्तर:
A) झंगल

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

34. ‘नदी’ शब्द का बहुवचन रूप पहचानिए।
A) नदें
B) नदी
C) नदियाँ
D) नदे
उत्तर:
C) नदियाँ

35. लडका लकडियाँ काटता है। (रेखांकित शब्द का स्त्री लिंग शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) बच्ची
B) बेटी
C) लड़के
D) पुत्री
उत्तर:
C) लड़के

36. बेमेल शब्द पहचानिए।
A) बच्चा
B) लडका
C) बेटी
D) बेटा
उत्तर:
C) बेटी

37. वह लकडियों ……. बेचता था। (उचित कारक चिह्न से रिक्तस्थान भरिए।)
A) को
B) का
C) की
D) से
उत्तर:
A) को

38. शुध्द वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) वह फल खाता है।
B) वे फल खाते हो।
C) वह बाजार जाता हूँ
D) मैं तरकारी खरीदता है।
उत्तर:
A) वह फल खाता है।

39. वह ईमानदार है। (रेखांकित शब्द का विलोम शब्द पहचानिए।)
A) बेईमानदार
B) गुणवाला
C) हिम्मत
D) धैर्य
उत्तर:
A) बेईमानदार

AP 7th Class Hindi Important Questions 5th Lesson ईमानदारी का फल

40. सही क्रम वाला वाक्य पहचानिए।
A) था एक लकडहारा।
B) एक लकडहारा था।
C) एक था लकडहारा।
D) लकडहारा था एक।
उत्तर:
B) एक लकडहारा था।

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Andhra Pradesh BIEAP AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material 12th Lesson Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material 12th Lesson Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
The transverse section of a plant material shows the following anatomical features.
a) The vascular bundles are conjoint, scattered, and surrounded by sclerenchyma matous bundle sheaths.
b) Phloem parenchyma is absent. What will you identify it as?
Answer:
Monocot Stem.

Question 2.
Why are xylem and phloem called complex tissues?
Answer:
Xylem and phloem are permanent tissues having more than one type of cells and work together. So-called complex tissues.

Question 3.
How is the study of plant anatomy useful to us?
Answer:
First of all the study of plant Anatomy helps us understand the way a plant functions, carrying out its routine activities like transpiration, photosynthesis, growth and repair. Second, it helps botanists and agriculture scientists to understand the disease and cure for the plants. Anatomy is way to understand the larger system of Ecology on this planet.

Question 4.
Protoxylem is the first formed xylem. If the protoxylem lies rodialy next to pholem what kind of arrangement of xylem would you call it? Where do you find it?
Answer:
Radial vascular Bundle. They are found in Roots.

Question 5.
What is the function of phloem parenchyma?
Answer:
Phloem parenchyma stores food material and other substances like resins, latex and mucilage.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Question 6.
a) What is present on the surface of the leaves which helps the plant to prevent loss of water but is absent in roots?
b) What is the epidermal cell modification in plants which prevents water loss?
Answer:
(a) Cuticle
(b) Trichomes.

Question 7.
Which part of the plant would show the following?
(a) Radical vascular bundle (b) Polyarch xylem (c)Well developed pith (d) Exarch xylem
Answer:
a) Root
b) Monocot Root
c) Monocot Root
d) Roots

Question 8.
What, are the cells that make the leaves curl in plants during water stress? Give an example.
Answer:
Bulliform cells. Ex : Monocot leaf (grass).

Question 9.
What constitutes the Vascular combial ring?
Answer:
Intrafascicular cambium + Interfascicular cambium constitutes cambial ring.

Question 10.
Give one basic functional difference between phellogen and phelloderm.
Answer:
Phellogen is also called cork cambium which appears in cortex and produces cork and phelloderm. The cells in the phellogen are thin walled, rectangular.

Phelloderm :
The cells which are formed towards inside from phellogen constitutes phelloderm or secondary cortex. The cells are parenchymatous.

Question 11.
If one debarks a tree, what parts of the plant are removed?
Answer:
Periderm and secondary phloem.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
State the location and function of different types of meristems.
Answer:
Based on the position, meristems are classified into three types.
A) Apical Meristems :
The meristems that are present at the tip of the root and at the tip of the stem or branches are called Apical Meristems. They help in the linear growth of the plant body.

B) Intercalary Meristems :
The Meristems that are present in between mature tissues are known as Intercalary Meristems. They occur in grasses. They also contribute to the formation of the primary plant body.

C) Lateral Meristems :
The meristems that occur in the mature regions of roots and shoots of many plants are called lateral meristems. They help in increase in thickness of the plant organs (Root, Stem). Ex : Vascular cambium, cork cambium.

Question 2.
Cut a transverse section of young stem of a plant from your garden and observe it under the microscope. How would you ascertain whether it is a monocot stem or a dicot stem? Give Reasons.
Answer:
The transverse section of a young stem which was observed under Microscope shows some characters to indicate that it is either Monocot or Dicot. They are ;

Dicot stemMonocot Stem
1. Epidermis have trichomes.1. Trichomes are absent.
2. Hypodermis is collenchymatous.2. Hypodermis is sclerenchymatous.
3. General cortex and endodermis are present.3. General cortex and endodermis are absent.
4. Ground tissue is absent.4. Ground tissue present.
5. Vascular bundles are limited in number and are arranged in a ring (Eustele).5. Vascular bundles are numerous, scattered, irregularly in the ground tissue (attactostele).
6. Vascular Bundles are top shaped.6. Vascular bundles are oval shaped.
7. Vascular Bundles are collateral, conjoint, open type.7. Vascular bundles are collateral, conjoint and closed type.
8. Xylem vessels are more.8. Xylem vessels are few.
9. Protoxylem lacuna is absent.9. Protoxylem lacuna is present.
10. Xylem vessels are in a row.10. Xylem vessels are in the form of ‘V’ shape.
11. Medulla, Medullary rays are present.11. Medulla, Medullary rays are absent.
12. Phloem parenchyma is present.12. Phloem parenchyma is absent.

With the above differences. We can observe the stem, whether it belongs to Dicot or Monocot stem.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Question 3.
What is periderm? How does periderm formation take place in the dicot stems?
Answer:
Phellogen, phellem and phelloderm are collectively known as “Periderm”.

Periderm :
Due to the formation secondary vascular tissues inside the stele, a pressure is cortex on the epidermis causing it to rupture. In the mean while, a secondary protective layer is formed called ‘periderm’ from the cortex. The secondary growth in the cortex begins with the appearence of a meristematic layer of cells from the middle part of the cortex.

This is called “Phellogen or cork cambium”. The cells of the phellogen divide periclinally and cuts of new cells on either side. The cells produced towards outside are called cork cells or phellem and the cells produced towards inside are called “secondary cortex cells or phelloderm”. The phellogen (cork cambium), phellum (cork) and phelloderm (secondary cortex) together constitute “periderm”.

Question 4.
A transverse section of the trunk of a tree, shows concentric rings which are known as annual rings. How are these rings formed? What is the significance of these rings?
Answer:
Annual rings :
In temperate regions and cold regions the activity of the cambium is influenced by the seasonal variations. During the favourable season, i.e., in spring, when more leaves and flowers are formed, the plant requires large amounts of water and mineral salts. Hence the wood formed in this period shows more number of xylem vessels with wider lumens.

This is known as spring wood or early wood. The colour of this wood is light. During the unfavourable season i.e., in autumn, the plants are less active and do not require more water and mineral salts. Hence the wood produced in this period shows less number of xylem vessely with narrow lumens. This is known as autumn wood or late wood. It is dark coloured. In this way two types of secondary xylem (wood) are produced in one year. They appear in the form of dark and light coloured circles alternately in a mature tree trunk. These are called annual rings or growth rings or seasonal rings.

By counting the number of annual rings, the approximate age of trees can be estimated. This branch of science is known as “dendrochronology or growth ring analysis”. For Ex : The age of sequoid dendron, presently growing in America, is estimated to be about 3500 years. In tropical countries like India, annual rings do not appear clearly, as the seasonal variations are not sharp. Hence these are called growth marks.

Question 5.
What is the difference between lenticels and stomata?
Answer:

LenticelsStomata
1. Lenticels are portions of the periderm (Bark) with numerous Intercellular spaces.1. Stomata occur in the Epidermis of leaves and younger stems.
2. Lenticels does not have Guard cells.2. Stoma has Guard cells.
3. Lenticels are present on the outer layer of woody or Hard stem.3. Stoma are present on the lower surface of the leaf.
4. They are used for removal of waste.4. They are involved in gaseous exchange, removal of extra water and waste.

Question 6.
Write the precise function of
(a) Sieve tube (b) Interfasicular cambium (c) Collenchyma (d) Sclerenchyma.
Answer:
a) Sieve tube :
They are the more advanced type of conducting cells are and found in phloem of Angiosperms. They are elongated cells, arranged end to end and functioning to conduct food materials through out the plant. They are a nucleate living cells.

b) Interfasicular cambium :
The parenchymatous cells present between vascular Bundles, become meristamatic and form a cambium called Interfascicular cambium.

c) Collenchyma :

  1. It is a living mechanical tissue cellwall is composed of cellulose, hemicellulose and pectin.
  2. Collenchyma cells with chloroplasts perform photosynthesis.
  3. They provide mechanical support to the growing parts of the plants such as young stem and petiole of a leaf.

d) Sclerenchyma :
It is Dead mechanical tissue. Cell wall is made up of lignin. Intercellular spaces are absent.

  1. Fibres are useful in textile and jute industries. ,
  2. Fibres give mechanical support to the plant parts.
  3. Sclerids give mechanical support to the plant parts.

Question 7.
The stomatal pore is guarded by two kidney shaped guard cells. Name the epidermal cells surrounding the guard cells. How does a guard cell differ from an epidermal cell? Use a diagram to illustrate your answer.
Answer:
Stomata are structures present in the epidermis of leaves. Each stomata is composed of two bean shaped cells known as guard cells. The outer walls of guard cells are thin and the inner walls are thick. The guard cells possess chloroplasts and regulate the opening and closing of stomata. Sometimes a few epidermal cells, become specialized in their shape and size are called subsidiary cells. Differences between Guard cell and Epidermal cells.

Guard cellsEpidermal cells
1. They are bean or kidney shaped.1. They are Barrel shaped.
2. They possess chloroplasts.2. They lack chloroplasts.
3. They are smaller.3. They are bigger.
4. Cell walls of Guard cells are not uniform and Thicker.4. Epidermal cells are uniformly thin.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 1

Question 8.
Point out the differences in the anatomy of leaf of peepal (Ficus religiosa) and Maize (Zea mays). Draw the diagrams and label the differences.
Answer:

Dicot leafMonocot leaf
1. Stomata are more in the lower epidermis than in the upper epidermis.1. Stomata are equally distributed on both the sides.
2. Bulliform cells are absent.2. Bulliform cells are present in the upper epidermis.
3. Mesophyll is differentiated into palisade and spongy tissue.3. Mesophyll is undifferentiated.
4. Bundle sheath extensions are generally parenchymatous.4. Bundle sheath extensions are generally sclerenchymatous.
5. They are dark green on the upper surface, less green on the lower surface. (Dorsiventral)
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 2
5. They are in same colour on both the surfaces. (Isobilateral)
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 3

Question 9.
Cork cambium forms tissues that form the cork. Do you agree with this statement? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, cork cambium or phellogen is formed during secondary growth of Dicot stem. Cork cambium or phellogen cuts off on both sides. The cells produced towards outerside differentiates into cork or phellem and the inner cells differentiates into secondary cortex or phelloderm. The cork cells are impervious to water due to deposition of suberin in the cell wall.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Question 10.
Name the three basic tissue systems in the flowering plants. Give the tissue names under each system.
Answer:
In flowering plants, there are three tissue systems are present namely.

  1. Epidermal tissue system
  2. Ground tissue system
  3. Vascular tissue system.

1) Epidermal tissue system :
It consists of epidermis, cuticle, stomata, unicellular hairs and Multicellular trichomes.

2) Ground tissue system :
It consists of simple tissues like parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma. These cells are present in cortex, pericycle, pith, Medullary rays, Hypodermis, Endodermis layers. In leaves, the ground tissue consist of thin walled chloroplast containing cells called Mesophyll.

3) Vascular tissue system :
It consists of complex tissues, the xylem and the phloem.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the process of secondary growth in the stems of woody Angiosperms with the help of schematic diagrams. What is its significance?
Answer:
Formation of cambium ring :
In the primary structure of dicto stem, the stele shows vascular bundles in the form of a ring. Each vascular bundle consists of cambium in between the xylem and phloem. This is called Inter fascicular cambium. In between the vascular bundles, there are medullary rays. From the cells of medullary rays intrafascicular cambium is formed. The Inter fascicular and intrafascicular cambia fuse to form a continuous cambial ring called “vascular cambium”.

Activity of the vascular cambial ring :
The cells of vascular cambium divide repeatedly by periclinal method and produce new cells on both the sides. The cells which are produced outside develop into secondary phloem and those produced to the inner side develop into secondary xylem (wood). Generally more secondary xylem is produced than the secondary phloem. The secondary xylem consists of xylem vessels, tracheids, xylem fibres and xylem parenchyma. The secondary phloem consists of sieve tubes, companion cells, phloem fibres and phloem parenchyma.

In the cambium two types of initiating cells are found. They are 1. Fusiform initials and 2. Ray initials. The fusiform initials give rise to the secondary xylem and the secondary phloem. The ray initials produce phloem rays (bast rays) to the outside and xylem rays (wood rays) to the inside. They are helpful in lateral conduction and storage. They are called secondary medullary rays.

Annual rings :
In temperate regions and cold regions the activity of the Cambium is influenced by the seasonal variations. During the favourable season, i.e., in spring, when more leaves and flowers are formed, the plant requires large amounts of water and mineral salts. Hence the wood formed in this period shows more number of xylem vessels with wider lumens. This is known as spring wood or early wood. The colour .of this wood is light during the unfavourable season ie., in autumn, the plants are less active and do not requirfe more water and mineral salts.

Hence the wood produced in the period shows less number of xylem vessels with narrow lumens. This is knwon as Autumn wood or late wood. It is dark coloured. In this way two types of secondary xylem (wood) are produced in one year. They appear in the form of dark and light coloured circles alternately in a mature tree trunk. These are called Annual rings or growth rings or seasonal rings.

By counting the number of annual rings, the approximate age of trees can be estimated. This branch of science is known as “dendrochronology or growth ring analysisFor example the age of sequoid dendron, presently growing in America, is estimated to be about 3500 years, in tropical countries like India, annual rings do not appear clearly, as the seasonal variations are not sharp. Hence these are called growth marks.

Heart wood and sapwood :
With the increase in the age of the tree, the wood undergoes a number of hysical and chemical changes. The older wood gradually loses water and stores food substances and becomes infilterated with various organic compounds such as oils, gums, resins, tannins, colouring agents and aromatic substances. Hence the older xylem present in the centre appears dark in colour. This is called heart wood or duramen.

It is very hard highly durable. Heart wood cannot conduct water and salts because of the growth of tyloses in the lumens of xylem vessels. The heart wood gives mechanical strength to the tree.

The newly formed secondary xylem is found in the peripheral part of the tree trunk. This is called sapwood or alburnum. It is light in colour and is active in conducting water, mineral salts and storage of food materials. As time passes on, the sap wood gradually changes into heart wood. Hence the sap wood remains uniformly thick.

Periderm :
As the secondary xylem and secondary phloem are formed inside the stele, a pressure is exerted on the epidermis, causing its rupture. Mean while a secondary protective layer formed from the middle or inner part of the cortex become meristematic and acts as phellogen or cork cambium. These cells divide periclinally and cuts of new cells towards outside called cork or phellem and towards inside called secondary cortex or phelloderm. The phellogen, phellem and phelloderm together constitute periderm.

At certain regions, the phellogen cuts off closely arranged parenchymatous cells on the outer side instead of cork cells, called complementary cells. These cells soon rupture the epidermis forming a lens-shaped oepnings called lenticels. They permit the exchange of gases between the outer atmosphere and the internal tissues.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 4

Question 2.
Draw illustrations to bring out the anatomical differences between
a) Monocot root and Dicot root
b) Monocot stem and Dicot stem.
Answer:
a) Monocot root and Dicot root

Monocot RootDicot Root
1. Cortex is relatively bigger.1. Cortex is smaller.
2. Pericycle is often multilayered.2. Pericycle is single layered.
3. Pericycle produces only lateral roots.3. Pericycle gives rise to lateral roots and also produces vascular cambium during secondary growth.
4. Vascular bundles are more than six in number.4. Vascular bundles range from two to six in number.
5. Xylem is ployarch.5. Xylem is monarch to tetrarch.
6. Medulla is very big.6. Medulla is very small or absent.
7. Secondary growth is absent.7. Secondary growth occurs.

b) Monocot stem and Dicot stem.

Monocot StemDicot Stem
1. Trichomes are absent.1. Trichomes are present.
2. Hypodermis is made up of sclerenchymatous cells.2. Hypodermis is made up of collenchymatous cells.
3. Endodermis and pericycle are absent.3. Endodermis and pericycle are present.
4. General cortex is absent.4. General cortex is present.
5. Ground tissue is present.5. Ground tissue is absent.
6. Vascular bundles are numerous and arranged in a scattered manner (atactostele).6. Vascular bundles are few in number and arranged as a circular ring (eustele).
7. Vascular bundle is oval in shape.7. Vascular bundle is top shaped or wedge shaped.
8. Vascular bundle is enclosed by fibrous sheath.8. Vascular bundle is not enclosed by firbrous sheath.
9. Vascular bundle is closed.9. Vascular bundle is open.
10. Xylem vessels are few in number.10. Xylem vessels are more in number.
11. Protoxylem lacunae are present.11. Protoxylem lacunae are absent.
12. Medulla and medullary rays are absent.12. Medulla and medullary rays are present.
13. Pith cavities are present.13. Pith cavities are absent.
14. Vessels are in ‘Y’ shape.14. Vessels are in serial order.
15. Phloem parenchyma is absent.15. Phloem parenchyma is present.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Question 3.
What are simple tissues? Describe various types of simple tissues.
Answer:
Tissues which are made up of only one type of cells are called simple tissues. They are of three types. They are parenchyma, Collenchyma and Sclerenchyma.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 5
1) Parenchyma :
It is living tissue. It occupies the major part of the plant body and the cells are isodiametric. They may be spherical, oval, polygonal or elongated in shape. Their walls are thin and made up of cellulose. They have small intercellular spaces. It performs photosynthesis, storage, secretion, Healing of wounds secretion, Buoyancy by storing air etc.

2) Collenchyma :
It is simple living mechanical tissue, occurs below the epidermis of Dicot plants. It consists of cells which are thickened at the corners due to deposition of cellulose, hemicellulose and pectin. The cells are oval or spherical or polygonal in shape and contain chloroplasts. Intercellular spaces are absent. They may be angular or lacunar or Lemellar type. They help in assimilation and provide mechanical support to young stems and petiole of a leaf.

3) Sclerenchyma :
It is a dead Mechanical tissue, consists of long, narrow cells with thick and lignified cell walls having pits. They are usually dead cells and without protoplasts. Based on the form, structure, it may be either fibres or sclereids. The fibres are thick walled, elongated and pointed cells, gives mechanical support and also used in Jute Industries. The sclereids are spherical, oval or cylindrical, highly thickened dead cells, found in the fruit walls of nuts, pulp of fruits like guava and sapota, seed coats of legumes and leaves of tea. They also provide Mechanical support to organs.

Question 4.
What are complex tissues? Describe various types of complex tissues
Answer:
Tissues which are made up of more than one type of cells and work together as a unit are called complex tissues. They are of two types namely xylem and phloem.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 6

Xylem :
It is a conducting tissue, helps in conduction of water and minerals form roots to stem and leaves. It is composed of four elements namely tracheids, vessels, xylem fibres and xylem parenchyma.

Tracheids are elongated or tube like cells with thick and lignified walls and tapered ends. These are dead and are without protoplasm. Vessels are long cylindrical tube like structures, made of many cells with lignified walls and a large central cavity. Vessels are interconnected through perforations in their walls. They are, also dead cells. Both Tracheids and vessels are the main water transporting channels. Xylem fibres are long, with thick walls and narrow lumens, gives mechanial strength, xylem parenchyma cells are living and thin walled cells, made up of cellulose. They store food materials in the form of starch of fat.

Phloem :
It is a complex tissue, helps in conduction of food materials. It is composed of sieve tube elements, companion cells, phloem parenchyma and phloem fibres. Sieve tube elements are long tube like structures and are associated with companion cells. Their end walls are performted in a sieve like manner to form the sieve plates. A mature sieve element shows a peripheral cytoplasm and a large vacuole but lacks a nucleus. The companion cells are specialised parenchymatous cells which are connected to sieve tube by pit fields the companion cells help in maintaining the pressure gradient in the sieve tubes.

Phloem parenchyma is made up of cylindrical cells which have dense cytoplasm and nucleus. The cell wall is composed of cellulose and has pits. It stores food material and other substances like resins, Latex and Mucilage. Phloem fibres are long elongated unbranched cells with pointed apices. The cell wall is thick and is made up of lignin. Phloem fibres of jute flax and hemp are used commerically.

Question 5.
Describe the internal structure of dorsiventral leaf with the help of labelled diagram.
Answer:
Transverse section of a dorsiventral leaf (dicot leaf) shows 3 important parts. They are

  1. Epidermis,
  2. Mesophyll and
  3. Vascular byndles.

1. Epidermis :
Epidermis is present on the both the upper surface (adaxial) and the lower surface Cabaxial) of the leaf. The epidermis present on the adaxial surface is called upper epidermis and on the abaxial surface is called lower epidermis. The epidermis is made up of one row of barrel shaped cells, which are arranged compactly without intercellular spaces. The cells are filled with vacuolated and nucleated protoplast. On outerside of the epidermis a waxy layer called Cuticle is present.

Stomata are present, more on the lower surface than on the upper surface. Each stoma is surrounded by two kidney shaped guard cells. They are chlorophyllous and regulate the opening and closing of stomata. Epidermis shows multicellular uniseriate hairs. The cells of leaf hairs are filled with water. They protect the inner tissues by absorbing the heat and prevents evaporation of water from the leaf surface. The stomata help in the gaseous exchange and also promote transpiration.

2. Mesophyll :
The ground tissue that extends between the upper and lower epidermal layers is called the mesophyll. It is composed of thin walled parenchyma with chloroplasts. It is chiefly concerned with the synthesis of carbohydrates. In dicot leaves mesophyll is differentiated into two parts namely,
i) Palisade parenchyma and
ii) Spongy parenchyma.

i) Palisade parenchyma :
Part of the mesophyll found beneath the upper epidermis is called ‘palisade tissue’. It shows elongated, columnar cells arranged in 1-3 vertical rows. Narrow intercellular spaces are present between the cells. In these cells, large numbers of chloroplasts are found nearer to the cell wall. Palisade tissue is primarily concerned with the manufacture of carbohydrates in the presence of sunlight.

ii) Spongy parenchyma :
Part of the mesophyll found towards the lower epidermis is called spongy tissue. It shows 3-5 rows of irregular shaped cells that are arranged loosely with large intercellular spaces. Some intercellular spaces present in the vicinity of the stomata are very large, forming air chambers (air cavities). In thise cells, number of chloroplasts is less. That is why the upper surface of leaf is dark green and the lower surface is light green in colour. Spongy tissue has a primary role in gaseous exchange, apart from the synthesis of food materials.

3. Vascular bundles :
Vascular bundles are extended in the mesophyll in the form of veins. They help in supplying water, mineral salts and food materials all over the leaf surface. Veins also provide mechanical strength to the leaf.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 7

The vascular bundles are conjoint, collateral and closed. The xylem is present on the upper side and phloem on the lower side. Cambium is absent between them. Xylem shows vessles, tracheids, parenchyma and fibres. Phloem shows sieve tubes companion cells and phloem parenchyma.

Each vascular bundle is surrounded by a layer of specialised mesophyll cells that are arranged closely and compactly without intercellular spaces. This layer is called bundle sheath or border parenchyma. The bundle sheath cells divide and grow towards the upper and lower epidermal layers. These are called bundle sheath extensions. They help in the conduction of food materials form the mesophyll to the vascular bundles.

Question 6.
Describe the internal structure of an isobilateral leaf with the help of labelled diagram.
Answer:
The internal structure of a monocot leaf (isobilateral leaf) shows 3 main parts, namely 1. Epidermis, 2. Mesophyll and 3. Vascular bundles.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 8

1) Epidermis :
Epidermis is present on both the upper surface (adaxial) and the lower surface (obaxial) of the leaf. The epidermis is made up of barrel shaped cells which are arranged compactly without intercellular spaces. The cells are filled with vacuolated cytoplasm and possess a single nucleus but chloroplasts are absent. Epidermal hairs are absent. Epidermis is externaly covered by a waxy layer called cuticle. The number of stomata on both the sides is almost equal. In some monocots like grasses some cells of upper epidermis are enlarged and specialised, called Bulliform cells or Motor cells. They are thin walled and are filled with water. They help in rolling and unrolling of the leaf. The epidermis gives protection to the inner tissues, regulates the transpiration and helps in gaseous exchange.

2) Mesophyll :
It is present between the upper and lower epidermal layers. It is made up of several layers of columnar cells or spongy cells, that are loosely arranged showing intercellular spaces. They contain chloroplasts. The mesophyll is the cheief photosynthetic tissue of the leaf.

3) Vascular bundles :
Numerous vascular bundles are present in the mesophyll in the form of veins. The vascular bundles are conjoint, collateral and closed. Xylem is present towards upper side and phloem towards lower side.

Each vascular bundle is enclosed by a layer of specialised mesophyll cells called border parenchyma or bundle sheath. Sometimes, bundle sheath is composed of dead sclerenchymatous tissue. The bundle sheath cells divide and grow towards both the sides of the vascular bundle. They are called bundle sheath extensions. They help in the conduction of materials from the mesophyll to the vascular bundle. They also give mechanical strength to the leaf.

Question 7.
Distinguish between the following :
a) Exarch and endarch condition of protoxylem.
b) Stele and vascular bundle.
c) Protoxylem and metaxylem.
d) Interfasicular cambium and Intrafasicular cambium.
e) Open and closed vascular bundles.
f) Stem hair and root hair.
g) Heat wood and sap wood.
h) Spring wood and Autumn wood.
Answer:
a)

ExarchEndarch
If the protoxylem lies towards periphery and metaxylem lies towards the centre is called Exarch condition.
Ex : Roots.
If the Protoxylem lies towards the centre and metaxylem lies towards periphery is called Endarch condition.
Ex : Stems.

b)

SteleVascular Bundle
Stele is the central part of the Internal structure of stems or Roots constitutes pericycle, vascular Bundles, Medulla.Xylem and phleom are arranged on the same radius or on different radius called vascular Bundle.

c)

ProtoxylemMetaxylem
The first formed xylem with narrow lumen is called protoxylem.The later formed xylem with broader lumen is called Metaxylem.

d)

Interfascicular cambiumIntrafascicular cambium
The cells of medullary rays adjoining intrafascicular cambium become meristematic and form interfascicular cambium.The cambium present between xylem and phloem of a vascular bundle is called Intrafascicular cambium.

e)

Open Vascular BundleClosed Vascular Bundle
If cambium is present between xylem and phloem of vascular bundle then it is called open vascular bundle.
Ex : Dicot stem.
If cambium is absent between xylem and phloem of a vascular bundle, then it is called closed vascular bundle.
Ex : Monocot stem.

f)

Stem HairRoot Hair
1. They are multicellular or unicellular, separated from epidermal cells by walls.1. They are unicellular. They are not separated from epidermal cells by wails
2. They check the rate of transpiration.2. They help in absorption of water from the soil.

g)

Heart woodSap wood
1. The older xylem present in the centre, appears dark in colour is called Heart wood.1. The newly formed xylem found in the peripheral part of the plant, light in colour is called sap wood.
2. It does not conduct water.2. It is active in conducting water.
3. It is highly durable.3. It is less Durable and more permeable.
4. It is older and harder part.4. It is younger and softer part.

h)

Spring woodAutumn wood
1. Xylem formed in springs season and have wider lumes is called spring wood.1. Xylem formed in autumns season with narrow lumen is called Autumn wood.
2. It is light in colour.2. It is dark in colour.
3. Formed early in a year.3. Formed after the early wood.
4. Produced more in amount.4. Produced less in amount.
5. Less dense.5. More dense.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Question 8.
What is stomatal apparatus? Describe the structure of stomata with a labelled diagrams.
Answer:
The stomatal aparture, Guard cells and the subsidiary cells together called “Stomatal apparatus”.

Structure of Stomata :
Stomata are the structures present in the epidermis of leaves. Stomata regulate the process of transpiration and gaseous exchange. Each stoma is composed of two bean-shaped Guard cells. In grasses, the guard cells are dumbbell shaped. The outer walls of guard cells are thin and inner walls are highly thickened.

The guard cells possess chloroplasts and regulate the opening and closing of stomata. Some times, a few epidermal cells become specialised in their shape and size and are known as subsidiary cells. The stomatal aperture, guard cells and the subsidiary cells are together called stomatal apparatus.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 1

Question 9.
Describe the T.S of a dicot stem.
Answer:
The structure of young dicot stem can be clearly understood by observing the transverse section of stem of Helianthus annus (sunflower). It shows three major zones, namely epidermis, cortex and stele.

1. Epidermis :
It is the outer most layer of rectangular or tubular cells arranged compactly without any intercellular spaces. On outer surface of epidermis, a waxy layer called Cuticle is found. The cuticle is chemically composed of a substance cutin. The cell walls of epidermis also show the presence of cutin. Stomata are present in the epidermis. Multicellular trichomes develop on the epidermis. The cuticle and the trichomes check the evaporation of water and protect the stem from high temperature.

The epidermal layer gives protection to the inner tissues and also prevents the evaporation of water from the plant body. Through stomata, the epidermis allows the exchange of gases and promotes transpiration. Trichomes prevent entry of pathogens.

2. Cortex :
The part extending between the epidermis and the stele is known as cortex. The cortex is smaller than the stele. It shows three sub-zones, namely, i) Hypodermis ii) General Cortex and iii) Endodermis.

i) Hypodermis :
This is the outermost part of cortex and composed of 3-6 rows of collenchy matous cells. It is found beneath the epidermis and helps in providing tensile strength (elasticity) to the stem. The cells are arranged compactly without intercellular spaces and show excessively thickened corners. The cells are filled with active vacuolated cytoplasm possessing chloroplasts. Thus, the hypodermis also helps in the assimilation of food materials. It also gives mechanical strength.

ii) General Cortex :
It is found beneath the hypodermal layer and is made up of 5 – 10 rows of thin walled, living parenchyma cells with or without intercellular spaces. These cells may be isodiametric or oval or spherical. The outer layers of cells contain chloroplasts and in the inner layers leucoplasts are found. The general cortex is primarily concerned with the assimilation and storage of food materials.

iii) Endodermis :
The inner most layer of cortex is called endodermis. The cells are barrel shaped, compactly arranged without intercellular spaces. The endodermis cells contain vacuolated protoplasts and show starch grains. So it is also known as ‘Starch Sheath’.

3) Stele :
The central conducting cylinder is called the ‘Stele’. It occupies a major part of the stem. It Is composed of 4 parts.
i) Pericycle ii) Vascular bundles iii) Pith or Medulla and iv) Medullary rays.
i) Pericycle:
It is present in the form of a discontinuous ring and is made up of 3-5 rows of the thick walled, dead, lignified cells which gives mechanical strength to the stele. It appears as semilunar patches of sclerenchyma above the vascular bundles with intervening masses of parenchyma.

ii) Vascular bundles :
About 15-20 vascular bundles are arranged in the form of a ring. This arrangement is called eustele. Each vascular bundle is wedge or top shaped. In the vascular bundels xylem and phloem are arranged on the same radius. A meristematic layer of cells called cambium is present in between the xylem and phloem. So they are called conjoint, collateral, open vascular bundles. Xylem is at the lower side and phloem at the upper side of the vascular bundle.

Xylem consists of vessels and xylem parenchyma. There may befewtracheidsand xylem fibres. The metaxylem is towards the pericycle and protoxylem towards the pith. This is called endarch xylem. Phloem consists of sieve tubes companion cells and phloem parenchyma. Xylem and phloem are vascular tissues which conduct water, mineral salts and organic solutes respectively.

iii) Medulla :
It is the central part of the stele and filled with thin walled parenchymatous cells, showing intercellular spaces. It is well-developed, extensive and occupies a large part of the stele. The chief function of the medulla is to store food materials.

iv) Medullary rays :
The cells of the medulla extend to the periphery in between the vascular bundles. These cells are horizontal rows of thin walled, living and elongate radially, forming primary medullary rays.

The medullary rays connect the stele with the cortex and are helpful in lateral conduction.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 9

Question 10.
Describe the T.S of a Monocot stem.
Answer:
The structure of monocot stem can be understood well by observing the T.S of stem of Zea mays. It shows 4 distinct parts., namely

  1. Epidermis,
  2. Hypodermis,
  3. Ground tissue and
  4. Vascular bundles.

Epidermis :
It is the outermost layer composed of rectangular or tubular living cells arranged closely and compactly without intercellular spaces. The cells contain vacuolated protoplasts with a single nucleus but chloroplasts are absent. A waxy layer called ‘cuticle’ is deposited on the external surface of the epidermis. Cuticle prevents the evaporation of water from the plant body. Trichomes are absent. Numerous stomata are found in the epidermis through which exchange of gases occurs.

Epidermis gives protection to the inner tissues, helps in the exchange of gases and also prevents the evaporation of water.

Hypodermis :
A distinct cortex is absent in Monocot stems. However a thick walled hypodermis is found beneath the epidermis. The cells of hypodermis are sclerenchymatous and are arranged compactly in 3 – 4 rows, without any intercellular spaces. It gives mechanical strength to the stem.

Ground tissue :
A major part of the stem is formed by an extensive soft, parencymatous tissue called the ground tissue. The peripheral layer consists of smaller cells while the inner layers show bigger cells. The cells of peripheral layers are chlorenchymatous and are concerned with assimilation of food

Vascular bundles :
Numerous vascular bundles are found scattered irregularly in the ground tissue. This kind of arrangement is called ‘atactostele1. It is considered an on advanced character. The inner vascular bundles are bigger in size and far apart from one another. The outer vascular bundles are smaller and are close to one another and found In one or two circles.

Each vascular bundle is oval in shape and shows xylem and phloem together on the same radius. There is no cambium between xylem and phloem. Hence the vascular bundles are called conjoint, collateral and closed. Xylem is at the lower side and phloem at the upper side of the vascular bundle. Each vascular bundle is enclosed by a sheath of sclenrenchymatous fibres. Hence it is called fibro vascular bundle.

Xylem consists of tracheids, vessels, fibres and parenchyma. Xylem vessels are few in number (4) and are arranged in “Y” shape. One or two protoxylem cells are crushed forming lysigeneous cavity called protoxylem lacunae which store water phloem consists of sieve tubes and companion cells. Phloem parenchyma is absent Medulla, Medullary rays and pericycle are also absent.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 10

Question 11.
Describe the internal structure of a Dicot Root.
Answer:
The transverse section of primary dicto root can be divided into 3 zones. They are : Epidermis, Cortex and Stele.

1) Epidermis :
Epidermis is the outermost layer made up of thin walled, non-cutinised, rectangular living cells. The epidermal cells are arranged compactly without intercellular spaces. The cuticle and stomata are absent. Some epidermal cells produce tubular extensions called root hairs. Due to presence of root hairs the root epidermis is called is as epiblema or rhizodermis or piliferous layer.

The cells that give rise to root hairs are comparatively smaller than the other cells and are called trichoblasts. Root hairs help in the absorption of capillary water. The epidermis gives protection to the inner tissues and plays major role in the absorption.

2) Cortex :
The tissue extended between epidermis and stele is called ‘cortex’. Generally in roots materials. The inner layers of cells are concerned with storage of food materials. In monocot stem endodermis is absent. the cortex is bigger than the stele. Cortex can be differentiated into three parts :

  1. Exodermis,
  2. General cortex and
  3. Endodermis.

i) Exodermis :
It is the outermost layer of cortex and composed of two to three rows of thick walled suberised cells. When the epidermal layer is removed, the exodermis acts as the protective layer. It also prevents the exit of water from the cortex. It can be observed in mature part of the root.

ii) General cortex :
It is present beneath the exodermis and is composed of several rows of thin walled, living parenchyma cells. The cells are round or oval in shape and loosely arranged showing intercellular spaces. They contain leucoplasts which store the food materials. The general cortex helps in the lateral conduction of water from the epidermis to the xylem vessels present in the stele.

iii) Endodermis :
It is the innermost layer of cortex and is made up of a single row of barrel shaped cells. The cells are compactly arranged without having any intercellular spaces. The radial and transverse walls of the endodermal cells show casparian strips that are formed by the deposition of lignin and suberin which prevent the movement of water. Therefore the endodermis acts as a barrier between the cortex and the stele.

In endodermis, some cells situated opposite to the protoxylem elements are thin walled without casparian bands. These cells are called passage cells. They help in the translocation of water and mineral salts from the cortex into the stele.

3) Stele :
The central conducting cylinder is known as ‘stele’. It is smaller than the cortex. The stele is comprised of three parts, viz., pericycle, Vascular bundles and Medulla.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 11

i) Pericycle :
The layer of cells surrounding the stele is known as ‘pericycle’. It is usually uniseriate and composed of thin walled, rectangular, living cells which show active cell division. The pericycle gives rise to lateral roots. Some cells of the pericycle can dedifferentiate into secondary cambium which results in the secondary growth of the root.

ii) Vascular bundles :
Standards of primary xylem and phloem are found alternately on separate radii. These are called separate or radial vascular bundles’. Xylem is exarch showing protoxylem elements towards the pericycle and metaxylem elements towards the medulla. The number of vascular bundles is identified in relation to the number of xylem groups. Usually in dicot roots, four xylem bundles alternating with four phloem bundles are found. This is called ‘tetrach condition’.

There is no cambium between the vascular tissues. The ground tissue that extends between the xylem and phloem strands is called conjunctive tissue. It is usually parenchymatous. It helps in the storage of food materials. It porduces secondary cambium during secondary growth.

Medulla or Pith :
In roots, the development of xylem is centripetal and produces metaxylem towards the inner side. Sometimes, as in dicot root these metaxylem elements come closer from all sides and replace the medulla. Hence in dicot roots the medulla is very small or may be completely absent. When present, it is parenchymatous and helps in the storage of food and water.

Question 12.
Describe the internal structure of a Monocot Root.
Answer:
The internal structure of Monocot root shows 3 zones. They are :

  1. Epidermis
  2. Cortex and
  3. Stele.

1) Epidermis :
It is the outermost layer formed by thin walled, rectangular cells, which are compactly arranged without intercellular spaces. Cuticle and stomata are absent. Some epidermal cells (trichoblasts) produce tubular extensions called root hairs. They absorb capillary water from the soil. The epidermis of root is also known as rhizodermis or epiblema or piliferous layer.

2) Cortex :
It is a wide and extensive tissue present between the epidermis and stele. It is bigger than the stele. It can be divided into three sub-zones. They are :
a) Exodermis
b) General cortex and
c) Endodermis.

a) Exodermis :
It is the outer part of the cortex and composed of one to two rows of thick walled, dead, suberised calls. In mature roots, when the outer epidermis is removed, the exodermis acts as a protective layer. It helps in preventing the exit of water from the root tissues.

b) General Cortex :
It is formed below the exodermis layer. It is composed of several rows of thin walled living cells that are arranged loosely showing intercellular spaces. The cells of cortex help in the storage of food materials and lateral conduction of water from the epidermis to the stele.

c) Endodermis :
The innermost layer of cortex and is composed of single layer of barrel shaped cells that are arranged compactly without intercellular spaces. The radical and transverse walls are wrapped by ligno-suberised bands called casparian bands.

Some cells situated opposite to the protoxylem cells are thin walled and without casparian bands. These are known as passage cells which help in the entry of water from the cortex into the stele.

3) Stele :
The central conducting cylinder. It is very prominent and bigger in size. The stele shows Pericycle, Vascular bundles and Medulla.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants 12

i) Pericycle :
The layer of cells found beneath the endodermis is known as pericycle. The cells are thin walled, parenchymatous, rectangular and compact without intercellular spaces. The cells are meristematic and divide actively producing lateral roots. In old and mature roots, the pericycle is sclerenchymatous and gives mechanical strength.

ii) Vascular bundles :
Bundles of xylem and phloem are found separately on different radii, one alternating with the other, at the peripheral boundary of the stele. These are known as radial’ or separate vascular bundles. The xylem is exarch and polyarch. More than six xylem bundles.

The ground tissue formed between the xylem and phloem stands is known as ‘conjunctive tissue’. It is usually parenchymatous. It helps in storage of food materials and provides mechanical strength.

iii) Medulla or Pith :
The wide central part of the stele is called ‘medulla or pith’. It is made up of thin walled parenchyma which primary helps in the storage of food. In some monocot roots, the medulla is composed of thick walled lignified dead cells and helps in giving mechanical strength.

Intext Questions

Question 1.
Name the various kinds of cell layers which constitute the bark.
Answer:
Periderm and secondary phloem.

Question 2.
Every 50 years, for 200 years, a nail was drilled into a tree, to the same depth and at exactly 1m above the soil surface (assuming the ground level has not changed). What will be the pattern of the four nails on the tree? Do you know the reason for your answer? If yes, give the reason?
Answer:
The pattern of four nails depends on the seasonal variations and growth of the tree.

Question 3.
Why is wood made of xylem and not of phloem?
Answer:
The walls of the xylem cells are thickened with lignin, this strengthens the walls and also makes them waterproof. Xylem also contributes greatly to the mechanical strength of the plant. Hence wood is mostly made up of secondary xylem.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 12 Histology and Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Question 4.
A student estimated the age of a tree to be about 300 years. How did he anatomically estimate the age of this tree?
Answer:
By counting the number of annual rings.

Question 5.
Assume that you have removed the duramen part of a tree. Will the tree survive or die?
Answer:
The tree survives even if the duramen part of trunk is removed because of the presence of functional wood called sap wood.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

These AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water will help students prepare well for the exams.

AP Board 7th Class Science 12th Lesson Important Questions and Answers Soil and Water

Question 1.
What are the most important resources for living things?
Answer:

  1. The soil and water are the most important resources for living things.
  2. There is no life without these resources.

Question 2.
What is soil? Name the branch of science that deals with the scientific study of soil?
Answer:

  1. The upper most layer of earth’s crust is known as soil.
  2. The scientific study of soil is called “Pedology”.

Question 3.
Why soil is so important for plants?
Answer:

  1. Soil is a substratum in which plants get nutrients.
  2. Soil is a habitat for plants and many animals.

Question 4.
What is the pleasant smell after rain is known as? Mention the reason for the pleasant smell of soil after rain?
Answer:

  1. The pleasant smell after the rain is known as ‘Petrichor scent’.
  2. It is because of the rising of a substance called geosmin from the soil into the air when it rains.
  3. It is produced by the spores of actinomycetes bacteria.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 5.
Why soil is an important resource?
Answer:

  1. Human beings depend on soil for their basic needs.
  2. It has become an important part of our life.

Question 6.
What is Pedogenesis?
Answer:
The process of formation of soil from the parent rock by the process of weathering is called pedogenesis.

Question 7.
What is humus?
Answer:

  1. Dead and decayed organic matter that mixes with soil is called humus.
  2. Humus levels in the soil indicates the soil fertility.

Question 8.
What are the components of soil?
Answer:
The following are the components of soil.
1) Water , 2) air , 3) organic matter, 4) inorganic matter, 5) living organisms.

Question 9.
What is Edophology? What are edaphic factors?
Answer:

  1. The science dealing with the influence of soil on organisms, especially on plants is called Edophology.
  2. The factors that contribute to soil composition are called edaphic factors.

Question 10.
What is soil profile?
Answer:

  1. The sequence of horizontal and various components, layers of soil at a place is called soil profile.
  2. Each layer has a distinct colour, texture, depth and chemical composition. These layers are called horizons.

Question 11.
What are the crops grown in black soils?
Answer:
Farmers grow paddy, sugarcane and cotton crops in black soils.

Question 12.
Mention the crops grown in loamy soils?
Answer:
Most of the farmers practice aquaculture and grow flowers, vegetables, millets, tobacco and fruits.

Question 13.
What are the crops grown in Sandy soils?
Answer:

  1. Farmers grow groundnuts and castor in some places.
  2. Cotton, red’gram and tomatoes are also grown in sandy soils of Chitoor.

Question 14.
What are the crops grown in black soils with light clay?
Answer:

  1. Farmers mostly grow cotton and chillies in black soils which have light clay.
  2. These soils can be seen in Kadapa.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 15.
What are the crops grown in the loamy soils of Kurnool?
Answer:

  1. Farmers grow paddy, jowar and bengal gram.
  2. These loamy soils of Kurnool consists of sand also.

Question 16.
Name the crops grown in red sandy soils of Visakhapatnam?
Answer:
Farmers grow crops such as cashew, sugafedne arid paddy.

Question 17.
When do we celebrate the world water day?
Answer:
We celebrate the world water day on 22nd of March.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 18.
What is “Water Action Decade”? What is it’s aim?
Answer:

  1. Recognizing the growing challenges of water scarcity UNO launched the Water Action Decade – 2018 to 2028 on 22nd March, 2018.
  2. It’s aim is to mobilize action that will help and transform our views of management of water.

Question 19.
What happens if sewage and water from industries contaminate the water resources?
Answer:

  1. Sewage contains the soluble and insoluble organic and inorganic impurities and disease causing microorganisms.
  2. If this contaminated water mix up with drinking water it causes diseases such as diarrhoea, cholera, dysentery, typhoid and hepatitis.

Question 20.
How can we prevent contamination of water resources?
Answer:
Contamination of water resources can be prevented by treating sewage water properly before releasing it into water resources.

Question 21.
What would happen if same crop is cultivated continuously in the same field?
Answer:

  1. It decreases the soil fertility.
  2. Yield decreases in the next crop.

Question 22.
Write a short note on modern water purifiers?
Answer:

  1. Modern water purifiers have a filtet unit and facilities to let the ultra-violet rays to pass through.
  2. Ultra-violet rays are used instead of chlorine treatment to kill the germs.

Question 23.
Why should we use clay idols instead of idols made of plaster of paris?
Answer:

  1. During festivals like Vinayaka Chavithi we use idols of Ganesh made of plaster of paris and chemical colours which causes severe damage to our environment.
  2. Instead of these chemical idols we should use clay idols and celebrate festivals in an ecofriendly way.

Question 24.
For which purposes are we using fresh water?
Answer:
Fresh water has been the constant and essential companion of human beings throughout history. Water is used in great quantities in agriculture and industries.

Question 25.
Which type of soil is suitable for growing cotton?
Answer:

  1. Black soil is suitable for growing cotton.
  2. Black soil is sticky in nature. It retains water for a long time.
  3. This soil is suitable for the growth of cotton, sugarcane and paddy.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 26.
Which type of soil is generally seen in our state?
Answer:
In our state we see the following types of soils.
а) Black soil b) Red soil c) Red sandy soil d) Alluvial soil e) Loamy Soil

7th Class Science 12th Lesson Soil and Water Short Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Soil is useful for us in many ways. What are they?
Answer:

  1. Soil is needed for agriculture.
  2. It is needed for construction of buildings.
  3. It is needed for extraction of minerals from mines.
  4. oil is very useful for making utensils and pottery.
  5. For making toys and idols soil is useful.
  6. Multani soil is used in making cosmetics.

Question 2.
Mention the different horizons in soil profile?
Answer:

  1. O horizon (Surface litter)
  2. A horizon (Top soil)
  3. B horizon (Sub soil)
  4. C horizon (Regolith)
  5. R horizon (Bedrock)

Question 3.
What types of soils are there in your village?
Answer:

  1. Types of soil differ from village to village.
  2. For guidance a village in Krishna District is identified and details are given here.
  3. There is black soil in the village. This soil can retain water for a long time.
  4. Here farmers grow cotton, sugarcane and paddy.

Question 4.
What is weathering?
Answer:

  1. In nature due to the action of various natural agents such as wind, water, sun and climate the bigger rocks (Parent rock) gradually breakdown and give small particles which forms the soil.
  2. The process of formation of soil due to natural agents like wind, water and sunlight is called weathering.

Question 5.
What are the common soil problems tested at soil testing centres?
Answer:
The common soil problems tested at soil testing centres include :

  1. Low organic matter like carbon
  2. Available minerals in soil – nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
  3. Availability of micro nutrient levels
  4. Poor drainage
  5. Soil temperature
  6. Soil moisture
  7. Soil contamination
  8. acidic or basic nature of soil (pH)

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 6.
How can you say soil is a precious resource? Give reasons.
Answer:

  1. Soil is a precious resource.
  2. It is the basis for growth of plants.
  3. It is habitat for micro organism, animals, reptiles etc.
  4. Soil is used for various purposes.
  5. Almost all the things in our surroundings directly or indirectly depend on soil.

Question 7.
Why is top soil more useful for us?
Answer:

  1. The top organic layer of soil, made up mostly of leaf litter and humus (decomposed organic matter).
  2. This layer is soft and porus. It contains nutrients which help in the growth of plants.
  3. Top soil is capable of retaining water in it.
  4. It is a good habitat for many living organism.

Question 8.
What do farmers do to preserve the fertility of the soil?
Answer:

  1. It is very important to preserve the fertility of soil.
  2. You know farmers can’t continue the same type of crops in their fields.
  3. They know continuous cultivation of same agriculture crops reduce the soil fertility.
  4. enerally, farmers cultivate pulses after completion of paddy.
  5. This kind of rotation of crops retains soil fertility and productivity.
  6. Conservation of soil is important factor in agriculture.

Question 9.
How is the formation of soil happened why are farmers and Engineers testing the soil?
Answer:
Soil Formation:

  1. Soil is formed slowly as rock (the parent material) erodes into tiny pieces near the Earth’s surface.
  2. Organic matter decays and mixes with inorganic material (rock particles, minerals and water) to form soil.
  3. These days farmers test the soil in the field using soil technologies in order to grow suitable crops in the fields.
  4. Engineers also test the soil profile before constructing multi storied buildings, bridges and dams.

Question 10.
How can the soil erosion be prevented?
Answer:

  1. Our farmers grow big trees around the fields to stop winds.
  2. They don’t keep the lands vacant.
  3. Farmers generally use vacant lands to grow grass and other plants.
  4. These grass plant roots hold the soil particles and prevent soil erosion during heavy rains.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 11.
‘Soil is a good habitat’ Explain the statement.
Answer:

  1. Soil is a good habitat. We depend on it for agricultural and construction purposes, making utensils, toys etc.
  2. We know that plants depend on soil for nutrients like mineral salts and water from the soil
  3. Animal life such as burrows or eggs of insects are found in the soil.

Question 12.
Read the below table and answer the following questions.

Type of SoilCharacter of Soil
Clay Soileasy to roll into a ball
Loamy soilbreaks on bending
Light clayeasy to make a ring
Sandy soilnot easy to roll into a ball

a) What is the character of loam soil?
b) What is the difference between clay soil and sandy soil?
Answer:
a) When you try to make a cylinder, it can break. This is the light loam soil,

b) Clay Soil : It is very easy to roll into a ball.
Sandy Soil: It is not easy to roll into a ball.

Question 13.
What questions you would ask soil scientist to know the nature of soils?
Answer:

  1. Why should we know the nature of soil?
  2. Which type of soil is good for growth of the plants?
  3. Are the soils same through out the world?
  4. If the soil is spoiled, what would happen to plants and animals?

7th Class Science 12th Lesson Soil and Water Long Questions and Answers

Question 1.
How can we conserve the water resources?
Answer:
Conservation of water resources :
Conservation of water can be done using the 4R principle. They include Recharge, Reuse, Revive and Reduce.

Recharge:
The ground water can be recharged by collecting the rain water from the top of the buildings by the process of rainwater harvesting. Percolation tanks, Check dams and Contour trenches cdso help to recharge ground water.

Reuse:
The waste water treated in sewage treatment plants can be used for household activities such as washing vehicles, watering plants and for construction purpose.

Revive:
The practice of reviving the groundwater in drought prone areas is very familiar in olden days. At present the problem of water scarcity can be solved by renovating and reviving the step wells (Digudu Bavulu).

Reduce:
The use and wastage of water can be reduced through different measures. For example we can reduce the wastage of water in agriculture using modern methods of irrigation such as Drip irrigation.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 2.
What are the different stages in purification of water?
Answer:

  1. Water in rivers, reservoirs and lakes may contain many impurities.
  2. Under safe drinking water supply scheme, the water is purified through physical and chemical treatment which includes.
    a) Coagulation : Adding chemicals to bind with impurities in water forming heavy particles.
    b) Sedimentation : Making these heavy particles to settle at the bottom.
    c) Filtration: Passing the upper water through filters to remove remaining undissolved particles.
    d) Disinfection : Adding chlorine or bleaching powder to kill disease causing micro organisms.

Question 3.
What are the different stages involved in sewage water treatment? Explain with the help of a flow chart.
Answer:

  1. Water consisting domestic and industrial wastes is treated at sewage or waste water treatment plant.
  2. It involves 3 stages. They are
    a) Primary treatment (Physical process)
    b) Secondary treatment (Biological process)
    c) Tertiary treatment (Chemical process)
  3. These processes can be explained with the help of the following flow chart.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water 1

Question 4.
Fresh water is scarce. What is your contribution to make your family members aware of the need to save water?
Answer:
I shall see that my family members follow the following methods of using water.

  1. Pick up water that is required for drinking. Donot throw away the water left out in the glass.
  2. Water used for cleaning rice and vegetables will be sent to the garden in the backyard.
  3. For bath, required water is to be used
  4. I suggest the members to use mild soaps as the water after bath can be sent to plants in the garden of the house.
  5. No spill out of water from the tap must be seen by every family member.
  6. ‘Think’ before you use every drop of water is the suggestion I put before the family members.

Question 5.
Prepare afleast 5 slogans on “Don’t waste water”.
Answer:
5 slogans on Don’t waste water’.

  1. ‘Water is our currency. Use it with care’
  2. ‘Water is our life. Save it’.
  3. ‘Water is precious. Use it but do not throw it’.
  4. ‘Save water. Never become a partner for its shortage’.
  5. ‘Water is life. Life is not water’.

Question 6.
How can we conserve water? Write some practices that can be adopted.
Answer:
a) 1) We perform many activities in our daiiy life using water.
2) We can conserve water by adopting certain good practices.

b) Some practices that can be adopted:

  1. Water is precious. We should not waste it.
  2. Collect water in a bucket after cleaning rice, dal and vegetables in the kitchen which contains peels of vegetables.
  3. We can use this water for our cattle.
  4. We should not throw solid food remains, tea leaves and oily wastes down the drain.
  5. We must make a channel so that the kitchen and bath room water flows to the coconut and banana plants in our garden.
  6. We should use only mild soaps and detergents so that this water may not harm our plants.
  7. Any leakage of water from any tap must be repaired immediately.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

Question 7.
Give reasons for low percolation rate of clayey soil as compared to sandy soil.
Answer:

  1. Clayey soil mainly contains clay.
  2. Only small percentage of sand and slit are present in the clayey soil.
  3. Humus is also present in this soil.
  4. The components having good percolation capacity are not present in the clayey soil in the desired proportion.
  5. So clayey soil has low percolation rate as compared to sandy soil.

Question 8.
Describe the soil profile.
Answer:
The sequence of horizontal and various components, layers of soil (horizons) at a place is known as Soil profile. Each layer has a distinct colour, texture, depth and chemical composition.These layers are called Horizons.
AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water 2

O Horizon (surface litter) –
is the uppermost, thin horizon, made up of leaf litter and decomposing organic matter.

A Horizon (Top Soil) –
is generally dark consisting dead, decomposed organic matter (humus) mixed with mineral particles. It is soft, porous and retains water hence seeds germinate easily. Plants and many other living organisms get shelter in this fertile layer.

B Horizon (Subsoil) has a lesser amount of humus but consists of clay and more amounts of minerals hence it is harder and more compact. d C

Horizon (Regolith) consists of broken rocks with very little organic matter.

R Horizon (Bedrock) is made up of un weathered rock (bedrock) which is hard and difficult to dig with a spade.

AP Board 7th Class Science 12th Lesson 1 Mark Bits Questions and Answers Soil and Water

I. Multiple Choice Questions

Choose the correct answer and write its letters in the brackets.

1. This is a good habitat for many small organisms.
A) Soil
B) Air
C) Water
D) Fire
Answer:
A) Soil

2. Which of the following soil is used for making utensils and pottery?
A) Shadu soil
B) Multani soil
C) China clay
D) Sandy soil
Answer:
C) China clay

3. Which of the following soil is use in cosmetics?
A) Shadu soil
B) Multani soil
C) Terracotta soil
D) China clay
Answer:
B) Multani soil

4. Which of the following soil is used for making toys and idols?
A) Shadu soil
B) Multani soil
C) Terracotta soil
D) China clay
Answer:
A) Shadu soil

5. The forming process of soil is known as
A) Pedology
B) Weathering
C) Pedogenesis
D) Sedimentation
Answer:
B) Weathering

6. Dead and decayed organic matter that mixes with soil is called …………
A) Soil profile
B) Horizons
C) Humus
D) Particles
Answer:
C) Humus

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

7. The sequence of horizontal and various components, layers of soil at a place is known as
A) Soil profile
B) Horizons
C) Humus
D) Particles
Answer:
A) Soil profile

8. This type of soil ball can be easily made into a cylinder and a ring.
A) Sandy soil
B) Loamy soil
C) Clayey soil
D) All of the above
Answer:
C) Clayey soil

9. AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water 3 This figure shows
A) Sandy soil
B) Loamy soil
C) Clayey soil
D) All of the above
Answer:
B) Loamy soil

10. Which of the following soil is well aerated and drains quickly?
A) Deltaic alluvial soil
B) Sandy soil
C) Loamy soil
D) Clayey soil
Answer:
B) Sandy soil

11. Deltaic alluvial soil is found in the following districts.
A) Krishna and Nellore
B) East and West Godavari
C) Prakasam and Kurnool
D) Visakhapatnam and Vijayanagaram
Answer:
B) East and West Godavari

12. Black soil is found in the following districts
A) Krishna and Nellore
B) East and West Godavari
C) Prakasam and Kurnool
D) Visakhapatnam and Vijayanagaram
Answer:
A) Krishna and Nellore

13. The percentage of ground and surface water is
A) 1%
B) 2%
C) 3%
D) 97%
Answer:
A) 1%

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

14. The percentage of fresh water is
A) 1%
B) 2%
C) 3%
D) 97%
Answer:
C) 3%

15. The percentage of marine water is
A) 1%
B) 2%
C) 3%
D) 97%
Answer:
D) 97%

16. The process of entry of water into the ground is
A) Ground water
B) Percolation
C) Infiltration
D) Water table
Answer:
C) Infiltration

17. The absorption and downward movement of water through the soil layers is
A) Ground water
B) Percolation
C) Infiltration
D) Water table
Answer:
B) Percolation

18. The wells, tube wells and hand pumps get water present in the
A) Infiltrations
B) Water tables
C) Aquifers
D) Soil profiles
Answer:
C) Aquifers

19. Adding chemicals to bind with impurities in water, forming heavy particles is
A) Coagulation
B) Sedimentation
C) Filtration
D) Disinfection
Answer:
A) Coagulation

20. Adding chlorine or bleaching powder to kill disease causing micro organisms is
A) Coagulation
B) Sedimentation
C) Filtration
D) Disinfection
Answer:
D) Disinfection

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

21. Digudu Bavulu is an example for this conservation of water resources.
A) Recharge
B) Reuse
C) Revive
D) Reduce
Answer:
C) Revive

22. Percolation tanks, check dams and contour trenches help to this conservation of water resources
A) Recharge
B) Reuse
C) Revive
D) Reduce
Answer:
C) Revive

23. Drip irrigation is an example for this conservation of water resources.
A) Recharge
B) Reuse
C) Revive
D) Reduce
Answer:
D) Reduce

24. Assertion (A) : Soils can be classified on the basis of proportions of particles of various sizes present in them.
Reason (R) : In loamy soil the proportion of large and fine particles is almost same.
A) Both A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’.
B) Both A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of A’.
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false.
D) ’A’ is false but ‘R’ is true.
Answer:
B) Both A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of A’.

25. Assertion (A) : Soil is formed by weathering of rocks.
Reason (R) : The process of breaking down of rocks by the action of wind, water, sun and climate is called weathering.
A) Both A’ and ’R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’.
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of ‘A’.
C) ‘A’ is true but ’R’ isdalse.
D) ’A’ is false but ‘R’ is true.
Answer:
A) Both A’ and ’R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

26. Statement (i) : Paddy and sugar cane grow very well in sandy soil.
Statement (ii) : Capacity to hold water is much in sandy soil than clayey soil.
Statement (iii) : Clayey soil has poor air circulation.
A) Statement (i) and (iii) are incorrect while (ii) is correct.
B) Statement (i) and (ii) are incorrect while (iii) is correct.
C) All statements are correct.
D) All statements are incorrect.
Answer:
B) Statement (i) and (ii) are incorrect while (iii) is correct.

27. Assertion (A) : Cleaning of water is a process of removing pollutants before it enters a water body.
Reason (R) : The process of cleaning of water and removal of pollutants from it is called “sewage treatment”.
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’.
B) Both A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of A’.
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false.
D) A’ is false but ‘R’ is true.
Answer:
B) Both A’ and ‘R’ are true but ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of A’.

28. World water day is on
A) 22nd March
B) 20th March
C) 22nd April
D) 20th April
Answer:
A) 22nd March

29. Micro organisms in water cause the disease.
A) Cold
B) Fever
C) Body Pains
D) Cholera
Answer:
D) Cholera

30. Chemical used to disinfect water.
A) Oxygen
B) Chlorine
C) Fluorine
D) Nitrogen
Answer:
B) Chlorine

31. Essential for metabolic activity.
A) CO<sub>2</sub>
B) Rain
C) Water
D) Minerals
Answer:
C) Water

32. Chlorine passing into water is called
A) Aeration
B) Chlorination
C) Purification
D) Filteration
Answer:
B) Chlorination

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

33. Pumping of water into air for purification is called
A) Chlorination
B) Purification
C) Aeration
D) Filteration
Answer:
C) Aeration

34. Which of the following is the top most layer of soil?
A) “O” Horizon
B) “R” Horizon
C) “A” Horizon
D) “B” Horizon
Answer:
A) “O” Horizon

35. Waste water released by different users are collectively called
A) Mud
B) Sewage
C) Sludge
D) None of these
Answer:
B) Sewage

36. Sewage contain
A) suspended impurities
B) dissolved impurities
C) disease causing bacteria
D) all of these
Answer:
D) all of these

37. The process involved in treatment of sewage water
A) physical process
B) chemical process
C) biological process
D) all of these
Answer:
D) all of these

38. Which gas kills harmful disease causing organisms in waste water?
A) Fluorine
B) Chlorine
C) Oxygen
D) Bromine
Answer:
B) Chlorine

39. How much percentage of precipitated water exist in glaciers?
A) 1%
B) 2%
C) 3%
D) 7%
Answer:
B) 2%

40. Sita collects the water that used after cleaning rice, dal and vegetables in the kitchen and uses it to water the garden. This can be called ___
A) Stagnation of water
B) Reuse of water
C) Storing of water
D) Recovering of water
Answer:
B) Reuse of water

41. Soil is a good
A) habitat
B) material
C) source for plant
D) living place for snails
Answer:
A) habitat

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

42. Soil contains
A) Waste material
B) Humidity
C) Rocks
D) Minerals
Answer:
D) Minerals

43. This soil layer is made up of humus
A) R Horizon
B) A Horizon
C) B Horizon
D) C Horizon
Answer:
B) A Horizon

44. Soil is formed from
A) Rocks
B) Sand
C) Clay
D) Pebbles
Answer:
A) Rocks

45. Percolation rate of water is highest in
A) Rocky soil
B) Black soil
C) Sandy soil
D) Clayey soil
Answer:
C) Sandy soil

46. Percolation rate of water is lowest in
A) Black soil
B) Sandy soil
C) Clayey soil
D) All the above
Answer:
C) Clayey soil

47. Water holding capacity of soil depends on
A) Soil type
B) Rain
C) Place
D) None
Answer:
A) Soil type

48. Below the ‘O’ Horizon and above the ‘B’ Horizon this is found
A) B Horizon
B) A Horizon
C) C Horizon
D) R Horizon
Answer:
B) A Horizon

49. Percolation rate is highest in
A) Sandy soil
B) Clayey
C) Loamy
D) All
Answer:
A) Sandy soil

50. Removal of top soil by wind, water is called
A) soil profile
B) soil fertility
C) percolation
D) soil erosion
Answer:
D) soil erosion

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

51. Wheat, gram, and paddy are grown In
A) Sandy soil
B) Black soil
C) Clayey and loamy
D) All
Answer:
C) Clayey and loamy

52. This is called regolith
A) R Horizon
B) C Horizon
C) A Horizon
D) O Horizon
Answer:
B) C Horizon

53. This is called sub soil
A) B Horizon
B) C Horizon
C) R Horizon
D) O Horizon
Answer:
A) B Horizon

54. Study of soil is called
A) Morphology
B) Pedology
C) Biology
D) Ecology
Answer:
B) Pedology

55. Cotton is grown in
A) sandy
B) clayey
C) sandy loam
D) heavy loam
Answer:
C) sandy loam

56. The factors responsible for soil erosion
A) wind
B) water
C) deforestation
D) all of these
Answer:
D) all of these

57. It is also called top soil
A) A-horizon
B) B-horizon
C) C-horizon
D) R-horizon
Answer:
A) A-horizon

58. Animals plants and microbes activities are more in this horizon
A) A-horizon
B) R-horizon
C) C-horizon
D) 0-horizon
Answer:
A) A-horizon

59. The right sequence of horizons of the soil from top to bottom is
A) A, B, C, O, R
B) O, A, B, C, R
C) C, A, B, O, R
D) R, C, B, A, O
Answer:
B) O, A, B, C, R

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

60. Read the statements:
P : Water percolation rate is more to sandy soil.
Q : Water percolation rate is more to loamy soil.
A) Only P is correct
B) Only Q is correct
C) P & Q are correct
D) P & Q are wrong
Answer:
A) Only P is correct

II. Fill in the mlanks

1. The scientific study of soil is called …………….. .
2. The upper most layer of earth’s crust is …………….. .
3. The pleasant smell after the rain is known as …………….. .
4. The substance responsible for petrichor scent is …………….. .
5. Geosmin is produced by …………….. .
6. The breakdown of parent rock into small particles by the action of wind, water, heat and climate is known as …………….. .
7. The process of formation of soil from weathering is known as …………….. .
8. Natural weathering takes a time period of …………….. .
9. Dead and decayed organic matter that mixes with soil is called …………….. .
10. The factors that contribute to soil composition are called …………….. .
11. The science dealing with the influence of soil on organisms, especially on plants is called …………….. .
12. In soil profile, bed rock is present in …………….. horizon.
13. In soil profile, surface litter is present in …………….. horizon
14. …………….. horizon consists of broken rocks with very little organic matter.
15. …………….. soil is less aerated and water held longer.
16. …………….. soil has good aeration, water held but drains slowly.
17. …………….. soil is well aerated and drains quickly.
18. The ratio of the mass of water held in the soil is called …………….. .
19. Paddy is grown in …………….. soil.
20. Cotton is grown in …………….. soil.
21. Cashew is grown in …………….. soil.
22. …………….. is very useful to the farmers to know about the current health of the farm’s soil and how to improve it.
23. Preventing the degradation of soil is known as …………….. .
24. The loss of fertile top soil due to heavy winds and floods is known as …………….. .
25. Water action decade is …………….. .
26. The process of entry of water into the ground is called …………….. .
27. The upper level at which water stands in the ground is called …………….. .
28. The percentage of water present in seas and oceans is …………….. .
29. The percentage of fresh water present on earth is …………….. .
30. The wells, tube wells and hand pumps get water from …………….. .
31. Indiscriminate digging of bore wells leads to …………….. .
32. During purification of water, …………….. chemicals are used for disinfection.
33. Percolation tanks, check dams and contour trenches are helpful in …………….. .
34. Digudu Bavulu are very helpful in …………….. .
35. Best method to prevent soil erosion is …………….. .
Answer:

  1. Pedology
  2. soil
  3. petrichor scent
  4. geosmin
  5. the spores of Actinomycetes
  6. weathering
  7. Pedogenesis
  8. 500 -1000 years
  9. Humus
  10. edaphic factors
  11. Edaphology
  12. R
  13. O
  14. C
  15. Clayey
  16. Loamy
  17. Sandy
  18. moisture content
  19. clayey
  20. black
  21. sandy
  22. Soil testing
  23. soil conservation
  24. Soil erosion
  25. 2018-2028
  26. infiltration
  27. Water table
  28. 97%
  29. 3% only
  30. Aquifer
  31. depletion of ground water table
  32. chlorine and bleaching powder
  33. recharge ground water
  34. reviving of ground water
  35. planting trees

III. Match the following.

1.

Group – AGroup – B
1. Weatheringa) Pedology
2. Sandy soilb) Water held longer
3. Clayey soilc) Good aeration water drains slowly
4. Loamy soild) Water drains quickly
5. Soil Sciencee) Formation of soil

Answer:

Group – AGroup – B
1. Weatheringe) Formation of soil
2. Sandy soild) Water drains quickly
3. Clayey soilb) Water held longer
4. Loamy soilc) Good aeration water drains slowly
5. Soil Sciencea) Pedology

2.

Group – AGroup – B
1. O Horizona) Bed rock
2. A Horizonb) Regolith zone
3. B Horizonc) Sub soil
4. C Horizond) Top soil
5. R Horizone) Surface litter

Answer:

Group – AGroup – B
1. O Horizone) Surface litter
2. A Horizond) Top soil
3. B Horizonc) Sub soil
4. C Horizonb) Regolith zone
5. R Horizona) Bed rock

3.

Group – AGroup – B
1. Geosmina) Dead and decayed organic matter
2. Check damb) 500 -1000 years
3. Weatheringc) Formation of soil
4. Pedo genesisd) Water Conservation
5. Humuse) Actinomycetes

Answer:

Group – AGroup – B
1. Geosmine) Actinomycetes
2. Check damd) Water Conservation
3. Weatheringb) 500 -1000 years
4. Pedo genesisc) Formation of soil
5. Humusa) Dead and decayed organic matter

4.

Group – AGroup – B
1. Percolationa) Forming heavy particles
2. Soil erosionb) Drop in rainfall
3. Deforestationc) Chlorine, bleaching
4. Disinfectiond) Loss of top soil
5. Coagulatione) Downward movement of water

Answer:

Group – AGroup – B
1. Percolatione) Downward movement of water
2. Soil erosiond) Loss of top soil
3. Deforestationb) Drop in rainfall
4. Disinfectionc) Chlorine, bleaching
5. Coagulationa) Forming heavy particles

5.

Group – AGroup – B
1. Rechargea) Soil health
2. Reuseb) Digudu Bavulu
3. Revivec) Drip irrigation
4. Reduced) Treated sewage
5. Soil testinge) Checkdams and percolation tanks

Answer:

Group – AGroup – B
1. Rechargee) Checkdams and percolation tanks
2. Reused) Treated sewage
3. Reviveb) Digudu Bavulu
4. Reducec) Drip irrigation
5. Soil testinga) Soil health

Do You Know?

→ The pleasant smell ‘after the rain’ is known as petrichor scent. It is due to raising of substance called Geosmin from the soil into the air, when it rains. It is produced by the spores’of by Actinomycetes bacteria.

→ The science dealing with the influence of soil on organisms, especially on plants is called Edaphology. The factors that contribute to soil composition are called edaphic factors.

→ Engineers test the soil profile before constructing multi-storeyed buildings, bridges and dams. They conduct environmental site assessment and make predictions on long term effect of soil on the constructions and give necessary suggestions.

AP 7th Class Science Important Questions 12th Lesson Soil and Water

→ Water action decade 2018-2028 :
The UN General Assembly announced that the world will face 40 percent shortfall in fresh water resources by 2030 coupled with a rising world population the world is rushing towards a global water crisis. Recognizing the growing challenge of water scarcity UNO launched the Water Action Decade ( 2018-2028) on 22 March 2018, to mobilize action that will help and transform our vision of management of water.

→ Do you know how modern water purifiers work? Modern Water purifiers that are used to purify water at home have a filter unit and facilities to let Ultra Violet rays to. pass through. Ultra Violet rays are used instead of chlorine treatment to kill the germs.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Andhra Pradesh BIEAP AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material 7th Lesson Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material 7th Lesson Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Name the component cells of the “egg apparatus” in an embryo sac.
Answer:
One egg cell and two synergids.

Question 2.
Name the part of gynoecium that determines the compatible nature of pollen grain.
Answer:
Stigma.

Question 3.
Name the common functions that cotyledons and nucellus perform.
Answer:
Cotyledons and nucellus are often fleshy and full of reserve food materials.

Question 4.
Name the parts of pistil which develop into fruit and seeds.
Answer:
Ovary of the pistil develops into fruit and ovule of the pistil develops into seed.

Question 5.
In case of polyembryony, if an embryo develops from the synergid and another from the nucellus which is haploid and which is diploid?
Answer:
In case of polyembryony, the embryo develops from synergid is haploid and the embryo develops from nucellus is Diploid.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 6.
Can an unfertilised, apomictic embryo sac give rise to a diploid embryo? If yes, then how?
Answer:
Yes. Unfertilised apomictic embryosac give rise to a diploid embryo. The diploid Egg cell is formed without Meiosis and develop into the embryo without fertilisation.

Question 7.
Which are the three cells found in a pollen grain when it is shed at the three celled stage?
Answer:
Two male gametes and one vegetative cell.

Question 8.
What is self-incompatibility?
Answer:
Incompatibility of pollengrains to germinate on the stigma of the same flower is called self – incompatibility of self sterility.

Question 9.
Name the type of pollination in self incompatible plants.
Answer:
Cross pollination is seen in self-incompatible plants.
Ex : Abutilon.

Question 10.
Draw the diagram of a mature embryo sac and show its 8-nucleate, 7 – celled, nature. Show the following parts : antiopodals, synergids, egg, central cell, polar nuclei.
Answer:
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 1
(a) Parts of the ovule showing a large megaspore mother cell, a dyad and a tetrad of megaspores.
(b) 2, 4 and 8-nucleate stages of embryo sac and a mature embryo sac
(c) A diagrammatic representation of the mature embryo sac.

Question 11.
Which is the triploid tissue in a fertilized ovule? How is the triploid condition achieved?
Answer:
Endosperm. It is formed by the fusion of 2nd male gamete with Diploid secondary nucleus to form PEN which changes into endosperm.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 12.
Are pollination and fertilisation necessary in apomixis? Give reasons.
Answer:
Pollination and fertilization are not necessary in Apomixis. The diploid egg cell is formed without meiosis and develops into embryo without fertilisation. It is an assured reproduction in the absence of pollinators.

Question 13.
How is pollination carried out in water plants?
Answer:
In vallisnaria, pollination occurs on the water surface (Epihydrophily). Inzoostera, pollination occurs under water (Hypohydrophily). In water hyacinth and water lily, the pollination occurs by Insects.

Question 14.
What is the function of the two male gametes produced by each pollen grain in angiosperms.
Answer:
Of the two male gametes produced by each pollen grain, one male gamete fuses with the egg to form Diploid zygote (Syngamy). The second male gamete fuses with the secondary nucleus to form primary endosperm nucleus (Tripple fusion).

Question 15.
Name the parts of an angiosperm flower in which development of male and female gametophyte take place.
Answer:
Microspore develops into Male gametophyte and Megaspore develops into female gametophyte.

Question 16.
What is meant by monosporic development of female gametophyte?
Answer:
The method of embryosac formation from a single Megaspore is called as Monosporic type of Embryo sac.

Question 17.
Mention two strategies evolved to prevent self-pollination in flowers.
Answer:
Herkogamy and Heterostyly strategies evolved to prevent self-pollination in flowers.
1) Herkogamy :
The anther and the stigma are placed at different positions so that anthers cannot come in contact with the stigma of the same flower.
Ex : Hibiscus, Gloriosa

2) Heterostyly :
Styles of the flowers of the same species are in different heights.
Ex : Lythrum

Question 18.
Why do you think the zygote is dormant for some time in a fertilized ovule ?
Answer:
In a fertilised ovule, Endosperm develops before embryo development, the primary endosperm nucleus divides repeatedly and forms a triploid endosperm tissue. The cells of this tissue are filled with reserve food materials and are used for the nutrition of the developing embryo. Thats why, the zygote is dormant for some time.

Question 19.
If one can induce parthenocarpy through the application of growth substances, which fruits would you select to induce parthenocarpy and why?
Answer:
Banana and Grapes are parthenocarpy fruits. These fruits are useful in juice and Jam industries because of more pulp.

Question 20.
What is meant by scutellum? In Which type of seeds is it present?
Answer:
The single cotyledon of a monocot embryo is known as scutellum. It is situated towards one side of the embryonal axjs.
Ex : Grass seeds.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 21.
Defien with examples endospermic and non-endospermic seeds.
Answer:

Endospermic seedsNon-endospermic seeds
The mature seeds with endosperm are called as endospermic seeds.
Ex : Castor and coconut.
The mature seeds without endosperm are called as non-endospermic seeds.
Ex : Pea, groundnut, beans.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
List three strategies that a bisexual chasmogamous flower can evolve to prevent self pollinaltion (autogamy).
Answer:
A) Dichogamy :
“Pollen release and stigma receptivity are not synchronised”. In sunflower, the pollen is released before the stigma becomes receptive (protandry). In Datura, Solanum, the stigma becomes receptive much before the release of pollen (Protogyny) leads to cross pollination.

B) Herkogamy:
The Male (anther) and female (stigma) sex organs are placed at different positions (Hibiscus) or in different directions (Gloriosa), called Herkogamy. In these plants, the pollen can not come in contact with the stigma of the same flower leads to cross pollination.

C) Self-sterility :
It is a genetic mechanism which prevents the self pollen from fertilising the ovules by inhibiting pollen germination or pollen tube growth in the pistil.
E.g. : Abutilon.

Question 2.
Given below are the events that are observed in an artifical hybridization programme. Arrange the in the correct sequential order in which they are followed in the hybridization programme.
a) Re-bagging
b) Selection of parent
c) Bagging
d) Dusting the pollen on stigma
e) Emasculation
f) Collection of pollen from male.
Answer:
a) Selection of parents.
b) Emasculation
c) Bagging
d) Collection of pollen from male
e) Dusting the pollen on stigma
f) Re-bagging.

Question 3.
What is polyembryony and how can it be commercially exploited?
Answer:
Occurrence of more than one embryo in a seed is called polyembryony.

In many citrus and Mango varieties, some of the nucellar cells surrounding the embryo sac start dividing, protrude into the embryosac and develop into embryos. In such species, each ovule contains many embryos.

Polyembryony plays a main role in plant breeding and horticulture. The plantlets obtained from
these embryos are virus free has more vigour.

Hybrid varieties of several food and vegetable crops are being extensively cultivated. Cultivation of Hybrids has tremendously increased productivity.

Question 4.
Are parthenocarpy and apomixis different phenomena? Discuss their benefits.
Answer:
Yes. Apomixis and parthenocarpy are different phenomenon.

Significance of Apomixis :

  1. During Apomixis, chromosomal seggregation and recombinations does not occur. So characters are stable for several generations.
  2. It simplifies commercial Hybridised production because isolation would not be necessary to produce F, or maintain or Multiply parental generation.
  3. Adventive embryony is being used in produced uniform root – Stock and virus free scion material.

Significance of parthenocarpy :

  1. The fruit production without fertilization of the ovary is called parthenocarpy. This phenomenon is applied for the commercial production of seedless fruits.
    E.g. : Banana, Grapes.
  2. This is more useful to juice industries. .

Question 5.
Why does the zygote begin to divide only after the division of Primary endosperm cell (PEC)?
Answer:
The primary endosperm cell divides repeatedly and forms a triploid endosperm tissue. The cells of this tissue are filled with reserve food materials and are used for nutrition of the developing embryo. Embryo develops at the Micropylar end of the embryosac where zygote is situated. Most zygotes divide only after certain amount of endosperm is formed. This is an adaptation to provide assured nutrition to the developing embryo.

Question 6.
The generative cell of two-celled pollen divides in the pollen tube but not in a three-celled pollen. Give reasons.
Answer:
Pollengrain, at maturity divides periclinally and produce two unequal cells. The larger cell is vegetative cell, has abundant food reserve and a large irregularly shaped nucleus. The smaller cell is generative cell and floats in the cytoplasm of vegetative cell which is spindle shaped with dense cytoplasm and a nucleus. In over 60% of angiosperms, pollengrains are shed at this 2‘celied stage. In the remaining, species, the generative cell divides mitotically to give rise to the 2 male gametes before pollen grains are shed (3 celled stage).

The pollen grain germinates on the stigma to produce a pollen tube through one of the germpores. The contents of the pollen grain moves into the pollen tube. Pollen tube grows through the tissues of the stigma and style and reaches the ovary.

In plants, when pollen grains are shed at 2 celled stage, the generative cell divides and forms two male gametes, during the growth of the pollen tube in the stigma.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 7.
Discuss the various types of pollen tube entry into ovary with the help of diagrams.
Answer:
Pollen tube enters into the ovule by any one of the three ways.
1) Porogamy :
Pollen tube enters into ovule through Micropyle and then enters into embryosac by destroying one of the synergids.
E.g. : Ottelia, Hibiscus.

2) Chalazagamy :
Pollen tube enters into ovule through chalaza.
E.g. : Casuarina.

3) Mesogamy :
Pollen tube enters into ovule through the integuments.
E.g. : Cucurbita.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 2

(a) Entry of Pollen tube through Micropyle
(b) Entry of Pollen tube through Chalaza
(c) Entry of Pollen tube through Integuments.

Question 9.
Differentiate between microsporogenesis and megasporogenesis. Which type of cell division occurs during these events? Name the structures formed at the end of these two events.
Answer:

MicrosporogenesisMegasporogenesis
1. The sporogenous tissue divides Meiotically to form Microspore tetrads is called Microsporogenesis.1. The process of formation of megaspores from the Megaspore Mother cell is called Megasporogenesis.

In both these events Meiosis occurs. At the end of these events. Microspores and Megaspores are formed.

Question 10.
What is bagging technique? How is it useful in a plant breeding programme?
Answer:
Covering the emasculated flower with a bag made of butter paper is called Bagging.

In Artificial hybridisation technique, after the selection of parents, Anthers are to be removed from bisexual flower of a female parent is called Emasculation. After this, these emasculated flowers have to be covered with a bag of suitable size, generally made of butter paper. It is to be done to prevent contamination of the stigma with unwanted pollen. This process is called Bagging. Bagging technique is useful in producing new cultivar.

Question 11.
What is triple fusion? Where and how does it take place? Name the nuclei involved in triple fusion.
Answer:
Fusion of second male gamete with secondary nucleus (fusion of product of two polar nuclei) is called Triple fusion.

It occurs in the embryosac. Pollen tube with two male gametes enters into embryosac by destroying one of the synergids.

The tip of the pollen tube dissolves and releases two male gametes in the vicinity of the egg. In tripple fusion, one male gamete and secondary nucleus (two polar nuclei) are involved.

Question 12.
Differentiate between
a) Hypocotyl and Epicotyl
b) Coleoptile and Coleorhiza
c) Integument and testa
d) Perisperm and Pericarp.
Answer:
a)

HypocotylEpicotyl
1. The cylindrical portion of embryonal axis below the level of cotyledons is called Hypocotyl.1. The portion of embryonal axis above the level of cotyledons is called epicotyl.
2. It is smooth.2. It is covered by tiny hairs.

b)

ColeoptileColeorhiza
The epicotyl has a shoot apex and a few leaf primordia enclosed in a hollow foliar structure called coleoptile.The embryonal axis has the radicle and root cap is enclosed in an undifferentiated sheath called coleorhiza.

c)

IntegumentTesta
Protective envelope around the ovule is called Integument.After fertilization, the outer integument, of the ovule develops into Testa (outer seed coat).

d)

PerispermPericarp
Remmant of nucellus is called perisperm.
Ex : Black pepper.
The outer wall of a fruit is called pericarp.

Question 13.
What is meant by emasculation? When and why does a plant breeder employ this technique?
Answer:
“Removal of Anthers from the bisexual flower of a female parent, when the flower is in Bud condition, with the help of a forceps” is called emasculation. This technique is employed, when only the desired pollengrains are used for pollination arid the stigma is protected from contamination.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 14.
What is apomixis? What is its importance?
Answer:
Production of seeds without fertilisation is called Apomixis. It is a form of asexual Reproduction that mimics sexual reproduction. In some species, the diploid egg cell is formed, with out Meiosis and develops into embryo without fertilization. It is an assured reproduction in the absence of pollinators such as in extreme environments.

Importance :

  1. Apomixis do not involve meiosis. Hence reggregation and recombination of chromosomes do not occur. Thus Apomixis help in preserving desirable characters for Indefinite periods.
  2. Apomixis, simplified commercial hybrid seed production.

Question 15.
Describe briefly different types of agents of pollination.
Answer:
The various agencies helpful in pollination can be grouped into two broad categories : biotic and abiotic. Majority of plants use biotic agents for pollination.

I. Abiotic pollinating agents :
It includes non-living agnets like air and water.
a) Anemophily :
Transfer of pollen grains through wind is known as anemophily. It is the most common type of abiotic pollination method. Wind pollinated flowers are small, stigmas are feathery and non-sticky.
Ex : Widn pollination is a quite common in grasses.

b) Hydrophily :
Transfer of pollen grains trhough the agnecy of water is known as hydrophily. It is of two types.

1) Hypohydrophily :
In this type the pollination of flowers occurs below the water level, it is found in submerged plants like Zosterra and sea grasses.

2) Epi-hydrophiiy :
Here, the pollination of flower occurs at the surface of water.
Ex : Vallisneria and Hydrilla.

II. Biotic pollinating agents :
It includes living organisms such as insects, birds, bats and snail.
a) Entomophily :
Pollination thorugh the agncy of insects is known as entomophily.
Ex : Bees, beetles, wasps etc.

b) Ornithophily :
Pollination thorugh the agency of birds is kriown as ornithophily.
Ex : Sun birds and humming birds.

c) Cheiropterophily :
Pollination through the agency of bats is known as Cheiropterophily.

d) Therophily :
Pollination through the agency of squirrels is known as Therophily.

e) Ophiophily :
Pollination through the agency of snakes is known as ophiophily.

Question 16.
Write briefly about the different types of ovules.
Answer:
The ovule is a megasporangium with one or two integuments. In Angiosperms three main types of ovules are present. They are :

1) Orthotropous ovule :
It is traight ovule with micropyle, chalaza and funiculus arranged in one stright line. It is a primitive type of ovule.
Ex : Polygonum, Piperaceae.

2) Anatropous ovule :
It is a inverted type of ovule. Due to unilateral growth of funicle, the whole body of the ovule is inverted through 180°. As a result the micropyle comes close to the base of the funicle. The most common type of ovule found in several families.
Ex : Healianthus, Tridax.

3) Campylotropous ovule : In this type of body of the ovule is bent more or less at right angles to the funicle. The microphyle part of the ovule become curved, without any curvature in the embryosac.
Ex : Fabaceae, Brasicaceae.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 3

Question 17.
Vivipary automatically limits the number of offsprings in a litter. How?
Answer:
Vivipary is defined as the seeds germinate while they are still attached to the mother plant. Plants which grows in Marshy places are called Mangrooves. In these plants, seeds when fall on Marshy places, can not germinate because of high salinity and more water conditions. So in those plants, seeds germinate when they are in mother plant to raise their generations. The seeds of Mangrooves can not germinate even on litter because of unfavourable conditions. So the number of offsprings will dicrease.

Question 18.
Does self incompatibility impose any restrictions on autogamy? Give reasons and suggest the method of pollination in such plants.
Answer:
Self Sterility :
In some bisexual flowers, if the pollengrains fall on the stigma of the same flower, germination does not occur. But the same pollen grains germinates when they fall on the stigma of other flowers of the same species. It is a genetic mechanism to prevent self pollination.
E.g. : Abutilon, Passiflora. In these plants cross pollination only occurs. In some plants, the pollen grains become poisonous and make the flower wither if self pollination occurs. E.g. : Orchids.

Question 19.
Explain the role of tapetum in the formation of pollen grain wall.
Answer:
The inner walls of Tapetal layer breaks and releases their protoplasts into the inner space of the Anther. There, they mix with each other and form periplasmodium. It covers the Microspore Mother cells, help in the formation of outer wall (exine) of pollen grain. Moreover, the ubisch bodies of Tapetum chemically made of carotenes and carotenoids which are equallent to sporopollenin of pollengrain.

Long Answer type Questions

Question 1.
Starting with the zygote, draw the diagrams of the different stages of embryo development in a dicot.
Answer:
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 4

Question 2.
What are the possible types of pollinations in chasmogamous flowers? Give reasons.
Answer:
Chasmogamy :
The pollination that occurs in opened flowers is called chasmogamy. It is the most common type of pollination in all types of flowers. There are two types of chasmagamy.

  1. Self pollination
  2. Cross pollination.

1) Self Pollination :
The transfer of pollengrians from Anther to stigma of the same flower is called autogamy or self-pollination. It is found in both cleistogamous and chasmogamous flowers.

2) Cross pollination Or allogamy :
The transfer of pollengrains from Anther to stigma of another flower is called cross pollination. It is of 2 types,
a) Geitonogamy
b) Xenogamy.

a) Geitonogamy :
The transfer of pollengrains from anther to the stigma of another flower of the same plant. It is functionally Gross pollination involving a pollinating agent, genetically, it is similar to autogamy. Since the pollengrains come from the same plant.

b) Xenogamy :
The transfer of pollengrains from the flower of one plant to the stigma of another plant. This is the only type of pollination which brings genetically different types of pollengrains to the stigma.

Question 3.
With a neat, labelled diagram, describe the parts of a mature angiosperm embryo sac. Mention the role of synergids.
Answer:
Megaspore is the Mothercell for the development of female gametophyte (embryosac). The nucleus of the functional Megaspore divides mitotically to form two nuclei, which move to the opposite poles forming 2 nucleate embryo sac. Two more Mitotic nuclear divisions occur in two nuclei results the formation of 8 nucleate embrayo sac. After this stage, cell walls are laid down leading to the organization of the typical femaie gametophyte or embryo sac.

Six of the eight nuclei are surrounded by cell walls and organised into cells. Three cells present towards the micropylar end grouped together, constitute the egg apparatus. The egg apparatus, inturn consists of two synergids and one egg cell. The synergids have special cellular thickenings at the micropylar tip called filliform apparatus which play an importent role in guiding the pollen tubes into the synergid.

Three cells of the chalazal end are called the antipodals. The large central cell is formed by the fusion of 2 polar nuclei. Thus a typical angiospermic embryosac, at maturity consists of 8 nuclei and 7 cells. This embryosac is formed from the single megaspore, so called Monosporic embryo sac.

Role of synergids :
Filiform apparatus in synergids help in guiding the pollen tubes towards the embryo sac.
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 5
(a) Parts of the ovule showing a large megaspore mother cell, a dyad and a tetrad of megaspores.
(b) 2, 4 and 8-nucleate stages of embryo sac and a mature embryo sac.
(c) A diagrammatic representation of the mature embryo sac.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 4.
Draw the diagram of a microsporangium and label is wall layers. Write briefly about the wall layers.
Answer:
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 6
(a) Transverse section of a young anther
(b) Enlarged view of one microsporangium showing wall layersl

A typical angiospermic anther is bilobed with each lobe having two theca. The anther is a four sided structure consisting of four microsporangia located at the corners, two in each lobe.

In a transverse section, a typical microsporangium is circular in out line and is surrounded by four wall layers, the
a) epidermis
b) endothecium
c) wall layers
d) tapetum.

a) Epidermis :
The epidermis is one called thick, the cells present between the pollen sacs are the thin walled and their region is called as stomium which is useful for the dehiscence of pollen sacs.

b) Endothecium :
It is present below the epidermis and expands radically with fibrous thickenings, at maturity these cells loose water and contract and help in the dehiscence of pollen sacs.

c) Wall layers :
Beneath the Endothecium, there are thin walled cells, arranged in one to five layers, which also help in dehiscence of Anther.

d) Tapetum :
The innermost wall layer is Tapetum, the cells are large, with thin cell walls, abundant cytoplasm and have more than one nuclei. Tapetum is a nutritive tissue which nourishes the developing pollen grains.

The centre of the microsporengium consists of sporogeneous tissue, which undergo meiotio divisions to form microspore tetrads. This process is known as Microsporogenesis.

Question 5.
Embryo sacs of some apomictic species appear normal but contain diploid cells. Suggest a suitable explanation for the condition.
Answer:
Replacement of the normal sexual reproduction by asexual reproduction without fertilisation is called apomixis. It does not mention Meiosis. Replacement of the seed by a plant, or replacement of the flower by bulbils are types of apomixis. Apomitically produced offsprings are genetically identical to the parent plant. In flowering plants, apomixis is used in a restricted sense to mean aganosperms i.e., asexual reproduction through seeds. In some plant families, apomixis is common.
Ex : Astha ceae, Poaceae.

In some species, the diploid egg cell is formed without reduction division and develops into embryo without fertilisation. It is an asexual reproduction in the absence of pollinators such as in extreme environments. In some species like citrus, some of the nuclear cells surrounding the embryosac start dividing and develop into embryos.

In Allium, Antenraria, the megaspore mother cell does not enter Meiosis and produces diploid embryosac through Mitotic divisions.

In Hieracium species, the Megaspore mother cell undergoes meiosis to form a letraol. At this stage, the nucellar cell at the chalazal end becomes activated and starts developing into aposposons unreduced embryosac which only matures.

Importance :
Apomixis do not involve meiosis. Hence segregation and recombination of chromosomes do not occur. It helps in the pereserving desirable characters for Indefinite periods.

Finally it states that, Embryosacs of some opomitic species appear normal but produce diploid cells.

AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 6.
Describe the process of Fertilization in angiosperms.
Answer:
Fusion of male and female gametes is called Fertilization. In Angiosperms, Female gamete (Egg) is embeded in ovule. Pollengrians are carried upto stigma by some agents, germinate and produce pollentubes. They enter into ovule and releases male gametes near the Egg in Embryo sac.

In Angiosperms, Fertilization completes in 5 steps they are
A) Entry of pollentube into the ovule : Pollentube enter into the ovule by any one of three ways. They are
1) Porogamy :
Pollentube enters into the ovule through micropyle and then into embryo sac by destroying one of the svnergids.
Ex : Ottelia, Hibiscus

2) Chalazogermy :
Pollentube enters in to theo vule through chalaza.
Ex : Casuarina

3) Mesogamy :
pollentube enters into the ovule through the integuments.
Ex : Cucurbita,
AP Inter 1st Year Botany Study Material Chapter 7 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants 2
(a) Entry of Pollen tube through Micropyle
(b) Entry of Pollen tube through Chalaza
(c) Entry of Pollen tube through Integuments.

B) Entry of pollentube into the embryo sac :
After entering into the ovule by anyone of the three methods, pollentube enter into the embryosac by destroying one of the synergids or by space present between the Egg and synergids. Filliform apparatus in synergids helps in entering into the embryo sac.

C) Discharge of Male gametes :
Due to the dissolution of the tip of the pollentube or by pore formed at the tip of the pollentube, two male gametes are released near the Egg in embryo sac.

D) Syngamy :
One male gamete fuses with the Egg forming diploid zysote. It was discovered by strasberger in 1884.

E) Triple Fusion :
Second male gamete fuses with the secondary nucleus forming triploid primary endosperm nucleus. In this, one haploid male gamete fuses with diploid secondary nucleus forming Triploid primary endosperm nucleus. So called Triple fusion. It was first discovered by Nawaschin in hilium and fertilillaria.